Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Leisure / Photo-Me International

Photo-Me International

phtm · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker phtm
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Leisure
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Photo-Me International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2017

About Photo-Me 

WE ARE

an international market leader in automated instant-service equipment,  
with 48,000 vending units across 18 countries.

OUR VISION

is to realise shareholder value as the go-to provider for multiple instant vending 
services, located in the most convenient locations, and to become the leader in 
digital and biometric security identification solutions. 

OUR MISSION

is to extend the suite of services available through our established network and 
relationships through investment in technological innovation and diversification 
of our operations in existing and new geographies. 

Financial Highlights

Reported revenue

Cash generated from operations

Reported EBITDA

16.7% 
increase

214.7

184.4

177.2

250,0

200,0

150,0

100,0

50,0

0

70,0

60,0

50,0

40,0

30,0

20,0

10,

0

18.6% 
increase

61.3

51.4

49.2

80,0

70,0

60,0

50,0

40,0

30,0

20,0

10,

0

22.0% 
increase

69.2

56.7

55.3*

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

33%

32%

31%

30%

29%

28%

27%

£ millions

£ millions

Profit before  
tax (£m)

60,0

50,0

40,0

30,0

20,0

10,0

0

19.7% 
increase

48.0

40.1

38.2

Earnings per  
share (diluted) (p)

10,00

20.1% 
increase

8,00

6,00

4,00

2,00

0

9.27

7.72

7.43

£ millions

EBITDA Margin

Total ordinary dividend  
per ordinary share (p)

20.0% 
increase

7.03

5.86

4.88

8,00

7,00

6,00

5,00

4,00

3,00

2,00

1,00

0

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

£ millions

£ millions

£ millions

* Includes profit on sale of land of £3.5m  

Entrepreneur of the Year Award
Serge Crasnianski, Chief Executive Officer 
was presented with the Entrepreneur of 
the Year Award at the prestigious PLC 
Awards 2016, held at the Grosvenor 
House Hotel in London.  
This award recognises leadership, whilst maintaining the essential 
entrepreneurial spirit that continues to drive the Group, the management 
structure in place to cope with the demands of running a public company 
and the proactive motivation of the management team and all employees. 

Caption: Kevin Burrowes, Executive Board Member, Clients and Markets Leader, PwC; Sam Smith, CEO, finnCap; 
Serge Crasnianski, CEO, Photo-Me International plc, and BBC presenter Naga Munchetty

CONTENTS
Entrepreneur of the Year Award  

About Photo-Me  

Financial Highlights  

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Business  

 -  Identification  

 -  Laundry  

 -  Kiosks  

Chairman's Statement  

Growth Strategy  

Business Review  

 -  Investment in Innovation  

 -  Case Studies  

 -  Review of Performance 
  by Geography  

 -  Key Performance Indicators  

 -  Our Team  

 -  Future Prospects  

Financial Review  

Principal Risks  

Corporate Responsibility Statement  

Viability Statement  

 2

 3

 3

 6

 6

 8

 9

 10

 11

 12

 14

 15

17

 20

 21

 21

 22

 26

 28

 31

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Board of Directors and  
Company Secretary  

Report of Directors  

Corporate Governance  

Remuneration Report  

 -  Annual Statement  

 -  Remuneration Policy Report  

 -  Annual Report on Remuneration 

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities  

Independent Auditor's Report  

 34

 35

 38

 42

 42

 43

 47

 53

 54

Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income for the Year Ended 
30 April 2017  

Statements of Financial Position 
for the Year Ended 30 April 2017  

Group Statement of Cash Flows  

Company Statement of  
Cash Flows  

Group Statement of  
Changes in Equity  

Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity  

Notes to the Financial Statements  
for the Year Ended 30 April 2017  

Five Year Summary  

Company Information & Advisors  

Shareholder Information  

 60

 61

 62

 63

 64

 65

 66

 124

 125

 126

2

Photo-Me International plc  Annual Report 2017

3

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements4

5

technological:
technological:
INNOVATION
INNOVATION

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsOURTEAMOURTEAMOur Business

Our Business continued

Our business is focused  
on three principal areas:  
Identification, Laundry and Kiosks.   

Key strengths:
• Brand recognition
• Customer experience
• Partnerships with major site owners 
• Established network of field engineers
• Strong balance sheet
• Investment in innovation

Identification 
An established, international network of 
more than 28,500 photobooths, primarily 
aimed at the consumer market.

Our operations
Photo-Me is the leading brand across all our geographies. 
Our integrated proprietary software ensures all photographs 
conform to the International Standards Organisation (ISO) and 
International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) regulations for 
photo identification. This network is supported, maintained and 
upgraded by our skilled team of field engineers and is connected 
via a sophisticated remote monitoring telemetry system.

Growth drivers

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Steady replacement rates of official documents

 Population growth supporting marginal expansion

 Increased travel linked to GDP

 Increasing appetite from governments for improved, 
digitalised security ID 

ID SOLUTIONS FOR GOVERNMENT

In addition to traditional 2D photo identification 
services, we have cutting-edge technologies that 
offer governments secure integrated solutions, 
including biometric data capture, secure and direct 
transfer of data to government servers, and 3D 
facial image capture via our photobooths. 

We work closely with national institutions to fully 
understand government standards and security 
requirements. To date, our government ID security 
solutions have been successfully deployed in 
France, Switzerland, Germany, China, Japan, 
Georgia and Ireland. 

28,541 photobooths 
across 18 countries.

Market  
leading brands.

3D enrolment booth 
showcased at 
TRUSTECH, Cannes.

6

7

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsLaundry
Photo-Me own and operate a total of 1,965 
laundry units across 12 countries, primarily 
in France, Ireland, Belgium and Portugal. 

Kiosks 
We operate nearly 5,900 printing kiosks 
across Europe in France, UK, Belgium,  
The Netherlands, Switzerland, and in Japan.  

Our operations
We currently operate 1,750 self-service Revolution laundry 
machines in 12 countries, as well as 50 laundrettes in France, 
Spain, Portugal, Ireland and Japan. The Group also has B2B 
operations in the UK with the potential to extend into other 
geographies. Approximately 90 percent of the Revolution 
machines recently deployed are owned/operated by  
Photo-Me, and the remaining are sold to site operators.  
Photo-Me is targeting 6,000 laundry units by 2020 and an 
increased geographic presence.

Growth drivers

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Demand for high capacity laundry services

 Competitive pricing

 Convenience; prime locations, open 24/7 

 Limited branded competition

Our laundry business, which was launched in 
2012, operates in three key segments:

Our operations
We operate nearly 5,900 printing kiosks across Europe  
in France, UK, Belgium, the Netherlands, Switzerland,  
and in Japan. 

currently rebranding these sites to Me by Photo-Me as we 
continue to strengthen our market position in the photo-
printing services market and enhance our online photo-
processing offering. 

Our latest-generation kiosks, designed by Phillippe Starck, 
enable easy, competitively priced printing from smartphones 
and are fully integrated with major social media networks 
for rapid, high-quality printing. 

In addition, we operate 363 sites in the UK with photo 
printing and processing capability. Previously, these made 
up the UK photo division of Asda Stores Limited which 
was acquired by the Group in November 2016. We are 

Growth drivers

• 

• 

• 

 Increased use of smartphones; used to take 80% of 
photos in 2016

 Digital photo sharing across social media 
platforms

 Fragmented market, expansion opportunities 
across Europe, US and Asia

Outdoor self-service 
Outdoor self-service 
laundry units, providing 
laundry units, providing 
24 hour access to large 
24 hour access to large-
capacity, rapid laundry 
capacity, rapid laundry 
services, located on 
services, located on 
high footfall sites such 
high footfall sites, such 
as supermarket car 
as supermarket car 
parks where we have 
parks where we have 
an existing photobooth 
an existing photobooth 
presence.  
presence.  

Launderette shops, 
Launderette shops, 
typically located 
typically located in 
in or near to town 
or near town centres, 
centres, offering 
offering consumers 
consumers convenient 
convenient and 
and competitively 
competitively priced 
priced large capacity 
large-capacity, self-
self-service laundry 
service laundry 
amenities.
amenities.

Business to business 
Business-to-business 
distribution and leasing 
distribution and leasing 
of laundry and catering 
of laundry and catering 
equipment to institutions 
equipment to institutions 
such as hospitals, care 
such as hospitals, care 
homes and universities, 
homes and universities, 
through Fowler UK.  
through Fowler UK.  
(UK operations with the 
potential to extend into 
other geographies. )

Our international presence

We currently operate in 
18 countries worldwide, focused 
on three core geographic areas: 
Continental Europe, UK & Ireland,  
and Asia & Rest of the World.   

We are looking to extend our geographic presence, 
particularly through our existing long-standing relationships 
with major high footfall site owners.

Our truly international presence is reflected in 90% of our 
profits generated outside the UK. 

8

9

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsChairman's Statement

Growth Strategy

The Group is particularly focused on further developing its proven 
integrated digital security solutions for governments, enabling 
direct and secure transfer of data from its photobooths for official 
documentation, such as driving licences and passports.

We have had a number of important milestones in our 
identification division. In Ireland, the Group’s encrypted photo 
ID upload technology was adopted by the Irish government for 
its new Online Passport Application service, with the service 
expected to be rolled out to 300 photobooths by the end of 
2017. This follows the successful deployment of secure data 
transfer technology photobooths in France, enabling photo ID 
to be uploaded directly to ANTS (Agence Nationale des Titres 
Sécurisés, a national agency linked to the French Ministry of 
Transport) servers for driving licence applications. 

In addition, the Group is investing in the development of 
proprietary 3D capture and enrolment technologies, which were 
showcased at TRUSTECH in Cannes (France), a large event 
dedicated to Trust Based Technology, which took place last 
autumn. As a Board, we believe these new technologies will 
become increasingly important in the secure identification market 
in the future and we remain focused on developing our market-
leading capabilities in this area.

The rapid expansion of our laundry division into all segments of 
the laundry market in Europe has continued apace and remains 
a key focus for the Group. During the year, 1,103 laundry units 
were deployed and we remain on track to achieve our target of 
6,000 owned and operated units by 2020. 

During the year, Photo-Me has launched the new SpeedLab 
digital printing kiosks designed by Philippe Starck, deploying 
the new machines at major retailers in Europe and the UK. The 
new machines feature enhanced technology enabling the best 
customer experience in the market. Some kiosks, in France, are 
enabled with the MoneyGram application allowing account 
setups and money transfers.

Dividends
The Board is committed to a progressive dividend strategy. In 
2016, we pledged to increase the ordinary dividend by 20% for 
the financial years ending 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2018. 

In line with this strategy, the Board is proposing a final dividend 
payment of 3.94 pence per share (2016: 3.285 pence per 
share). Together with the interim dividend of 3.09 pence per 
share paid on 11 May 2017, this brings the total dividend for 
the year ended 30 April 2017 to 7.03 pence per share, an 
increase of 20% year on year (2016: 5.86 pence per share).  

Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, the final 
dividend will be paid on 10 November 2017 to shareholders 
listed on the register on 13 October 2017.  The ex-dividend date 
will be 12 October 2017.

Employees
On behalf of the Board, I would like to extend my sincere 
appreciation to our management team and employees around 
the world for their hard work, dedication and loyalty which has 
contributed to these strong results.

Current trading and outlook
The new financial year has started in line with our expectations. 
Whilst uncertainties remain with regard to the evolution of 
currencies, as well as to the consumer spending and disposable 
incomes in many of our key markets, the Board remains confident 
that our market-leading position and investment in innovation will 
continue to support the future prospects of the business. 

John Lewis
Non-executive Chairman

27 June 2017

In 2017, the Group delivered 
record profits and, aided by 
currency exchange rates, double-
digit earnings growth as we 
continue to make excellent progress 
in line with our strategy to invest 
in technological innovation and 
complementary products to drive 
future growth.  

John Lewis
Non-executive Chairman

Results
The Group made good progress in the financial year, reflecting 
our ongoing investment in product innovation, the extension 
of our services in the photo identification market and the 
continued growth of our laundry business. With 90% of our 
profits generated from outside the United Kingdom, the business 
has also benefited from favourable currency movements.

Reported revenue increased by 16.7% to £214.7m and at 
constant currency increased by 3.3% to £190.0m. Reported 
EBITDA margin increased by 140 bpts to 32.2% of revenue. 
Reported profit before tax rose by 19.7% to £48.0m, and at 
constant currency increased by 4.2%.

Our net cash position remains strong at £39.2m (as at 30 
April 2017), notwithstanding our £40.9m investment into 
the business, and the distribution of dividends amounting to 
£32.6m during the financial year.

Strategy
The Group’s international operations and technological 
innovation is focused on three market segments, identification, 
laundry and digital kiosks, and we currently operate across 18 
countries. 

During the financial year, we have continued to make good 
progress in diversifying our operations and developing new 
technologies with multiple applications. This ongoing investment 
is self-funded through the stable cash flow from our established 
photobooths business and, due to the scale of the Group’s 
operations and low fixed-cost base, new products and services 
can be deployed at a relatively low cost to the business. 

Our business strategy remains focused 
on the diversification of operations 
by investing in the development of 
technologies with multiple product 
applications for deployment across 
our target geographies.  

We utilise the stable cash flow from our long-established 
photobooth operations to develop new and complementary 
products to drive future growth as we strive to get the best 
yield from our instant-service equipment estate. The scale of 
our operations enables us to add new products and services 
to our network at a low incremental cost by using our existing 
network of field engineers.

Three-year strategy (2017 - 2020)

Growth enabled by:

Brand  
recognition

Customer  
experience

Long-term 
relationships with 
major high footfall 
site owners

Investment  
in innovation  

Stable cash 
flows

Network of  
field engineers

Identification & security

Kiosks

Laundry

Target high footfall locations

Penetrate new geographies

Increase revenue through  
multi-service offering 

Deploy proven digital ID security  
into other geographies

Increase presence on high footfall 
sites through multi-service offering

Extend product partnerships into 
new geographies

Roll out 6,000 laundry units by 2020

Identify and deliver products to new 
high-demand markets with limited 
competition

Capitalise on market-leading 
position and competitor landscape 

Extend launderette presence through 
owned/operated model

Extend business-to-business offering in 
the UK and into new geographies

10

11

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsBusiness Review  

Business Review continued

Our key strengths
Brand recognition: We operate market-leading brands in 
identification security with household names, such as Photo-Me  
in the UK, Photomaton and KIS in France.

Customer experience: The majority of our business is 
consumer-oriented and we are focused on providing our 
customers with modern, easy-to-use equipment which is reliable 
and provides high-quality, value-for-money services in  
convenient locations.

Partnerships with major site owners: We have 
established long-term relationships with site owners, such as 
supermarkets, shopping malls, public transport networks, city 
hall and public administration buildings, to ensure optimum 
positioning of our machines.  These partnerships provide 
access to strategically positioned, high footfall locations which 
are attractive to the consumer, with the opportunity to deploy 
additional services on site. 

Established network of field engineers: We have an 
established network of approximately 700 dedicated regional 
field engineers across our geographies. These teams operate 
across our range of products and are able to support growth 
at a low incremental cost to the Group. They are responsible 
for collecting revenues from our machines, ensuring optimal 
availability of equipment and a high quality of service for the 
duration of the contracts with site owners.  

Strong balance sheet: The strength of our cash flow from 
our established photo identification business allows us to largely 
self-finance capital expenditure programmes and technological 
innovation while also returning cash to shareholders by way  
of dividends.

Investment in innovation: We are committed to continuing 
to invest in new products and technologies as we continue to 
diversify our operations and seek new and complementary 
revenue streams to drive future growth. 

Overview of business segments and strategy
Identification
Photo-Me is the world’s largest operator of photobooths with 
market-leading photographic quality and technology. We operate 
an established network of 28,541 photobooths, representing 
59% of our total unattended instant-service equipment estate. 

Our next-generation Starck photobooth, designed by Philippe 
Starck, has a contemporary look which is more attractive 
to consumers and delivers monthly revenue estimated to be 
approximately10% higher than our traditional photobooth.  
This new-look booth now represents approximately 18% of the 
Group’s photobooth estate. 

All of our photobooths have integrated software which 
automatically ensures photographs conform to the multiple 
technical criteria outlined in the 73 page photo identification 
regulations manual issued by the International Standards 
Organisation (ISO) and the International Civil Aviation 
Organisation (ICAO), offering significant advantages when 
compared with home-taken photographs for official documents.    

In recent years, the Group has been investing in the development 
of integrated solutions for the secure transfer of photo ID and 
biometric data (such as e-signatures and fingerprints) direct to 
government servers. This technology is currently being deployed 
in seven countries. In addition, Photo-Me is a leader in employing 
3D facial image capture and facial recognition technology, which 
the Board believes represents the next generation in identification 
security. 

Photo-Me is currently developing the next generation of its 
booths, evolving the machine to offer multiple services, beyond 
the historical and traditional 2D photo capture. Alongside the 
capability to create and operate Moneygram accounts, the new 
functionality enables the booth to offer self-service retail  
banking facilities.  

The expansion of our laundry 
business and the ongoing investment 
and deployment of our integrated 
identification technologies have 
remained key focuses during the 
year and we have made excellent 
progress in these areas. 

Serge Crasnianski 
Chief Executive Officer & Deputy Chairman

Our business model
Photo-Me operates, sells and services a wide range of 
instant-service vending equipment, primarily aimed at the 
consumer market. We currently have 47,946 vending 
units in operation and our technological innovation is 
focused on three principal areas:

• 

Identification: photobooths and integrated biometric 
identification solutions

•  Laundry: unattended laundry services

•  Kiosks: high-quality digital printing

In addition, we operate vending equipment, such as 
children’s rides, amusement machines and business 
service equipment. 

This equipment is generally sited in prime locations  
in areas of high footfall, such as supermarkets,  
shopping malls (indoors and outdoors) and public 
transport venues.

The vast majority of these units are operated and 
maintained by Photo-Me. Photo-Me pays the site owner a 
commission based on turnover, which varies depending 
on the country and location of the machine. 

The Group operates in 18 countries worldwide and its 
financial performance is reported with regard to three 
geographic regions: UK & Ireland, Continental Europe, 
and Asia & Rest of the World.

Photo-Me’s business strategy is centred on utilising cash 
flow from our long-established photobooth operations 
to develop new and complementary products to drive 
future growth, combined with the penetration of new 
geographic markets.

GROWTH DRIVERS

Steady replacement rates of official documents which 
require a photograph, population growth and increasing 
international travel linked to GDP growth all drive growth in 
the photo ID market. In the current context of general public 
security strengthening, there is also an increasing appetite 
from governments for improved and digitalised security ID 
requirements to combat fraud and terrorist activity.

Laundry
The Group owns and operates 1,965 laundry units across its 
laundry businesses in twelve countries, primarily in France, 
the UK, Ireland, Belgium and Portugal. Of the Revolution units 
recently deployed, approximately 90 percent are owned/
operated by Photo-Me and the remaining are sold to site 
operators.

Our growth strategy for the laundry business, which was 
launched in 2012, is predicated on leveraging our well-
established relationships with site owners to access prime 
locations, mainly where we already operate other instant-
service equipment, such as photobooths. We are targeting 
deployment of 6,000 units by 2020 and an increased 
geographic presence.

There are three key segments within our laundry operations: 

Revolution: This is our 24 hour, outdoor self-service laundry 
unit for large capacity, rapid laundry services. These units are 
located on easy access, high footfall sites, such as supermarket 
car parks or petrol forecourts. The original Revolution machine 
has a 10m2 footprint and comprises two large washers and a 
dryer. In 2017, we extended the Revolution range to include 
two reduced footprint models; the compact and the mini, which 
have a 5m2 footprint. The models are better suited to some 
locations and target markets, such as the Far East. 

As at April 2017, the Group operated 1,750 Revolution 
machines.  

Launderettes: At the end of April 2017, the Group had 50 
launderettes located in France, Spain, Belgium, Ireland and 
Japan. Typically, these shops are positioned in or near to town 
centres where there is limited competition from other laundry 
services.  

Our strategy is to acquire underperforming launderette 
businesses located on attractive sites and refit the shop in a 
stylish, contemporary format that is more attractive to the end 
consumer. More specifically, in the short to medium term, our 
aim is to expand our presence in the launderette market in 
Japan, estimated to be one of the largest worldwide market 
for launderettes.  

B2B laundry operations: Fowler UK, acquired in October 
2015, is a distributor and lessor of laundry and catering 
equipment. It currently operates in the UK market, however 
the Board believes there is potential to extend the business 
model into other geographies, particularly Continental Europe. 
Our B2B customers include institutions such as hospitals, care 
homes and universities. As at 30 April 2017, Fowler UK 
directly operated 215 laundry units.

GROWTH DRIVERS

The laundry market is driven by demand for self-service high-
capacity laundry services at competitive prices. Customers 
include small businesses (such as hotels, restaurants), 
institutions and sports clubs (such as football teams) and 
individuals with items and quantities of washing too large for 
a domestic machine.  

Kiosks
We have 5,872 digital printing kiosks in operation, 
representing approximately 12% of our total instant-service 
equipment estate. Our key geographic markets are Europe 
(France, UK, Belgium, the Netherlands, Switzerland and 
Germany) and Japan. 

Our digital printing services offer a wide range of print 
formats and personalised products which are competitively 
priced and available via multiple devices. The latest-
generation kiosks, designed by Philippe Starck, are fully 
integrated with all major social media networks to enable 
rapid, high-quality printing.  

Our digital printing kiosks have also been deployed in the 
363 selling points of the UK Photo Division of Asda Stores 
Limited, acquired on 31 October 2016.  Our Kiosk product 
range and recently launched products include:

•  Photo-processing services via SpeedLab 

•  MoneyGram kiosks – money transfer services through 

our MoneyGram partnership agreement

•  Selfie Booth Kiosks – light-weight, portable selfie booths 

for special events 

•  Gift Card Kiosks – self-service instant customised gift 

cards (piloting in Switzerland)

GROWTH DRIVERS

The increased use of smartphones, which accounted for 80% of 
photos taken in 2016, and digital sharing across social media 
networks have driven demand for photo-printing services.

Other instant-service equipment  
The Group operates interactive character and simulator rides 
for children as well as a selection of other coin-operated 
amusement machines. The 5,148 children’s rides and 6,420 
other vending units in operation represent approximately 11% 
and 13% of the Group’s total units in operation respectively. 
These units are primarily located on sites where we already 
operate other services and can leverage existing site-owner 
relationships. 

Our growth strategy
We aim to create shareholder value through ongoing investment 
in new technologies to develop new and complementary 
products and services which can be rapidly deployed across 
our existing and new geographies, and provide rapid return on 
investment.    

This strategy is based on expanding the number of units 
in operation, increasing the yield per unit and minimising 
production and operational costs to the Group in achieving this 
objective. 

THREE-YEAR STRATEGY (2017 - 2020)
Identification & security

•  Target high footfall locations

•  Penetrate new geographies
• 
•  Deploy proven digital identification security 

Increase revenue through multiple-service offering 

technologies into other geographies

Laundry

•  Deploy 6,000 laundry units by 2020

• 

Identify and deliver offering to new high demand 
markets with limited competition

•  Extend launderette presence through the owned/

operated model

•  Extend business-to-business offering in the UK and into 

new geographies

Kiosks
• 

Increase presence on high footfall sites through  
multi-service offering

•  Extend product partnerships into new geographies
•  Capitalise on market leading position and competitor 

landscape

12

13

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsBusiness Review continued
INVESTMENT IN INNOVATION

Investment in innovation for future 
growth lies at the core of our business.     

Development capabilities 
We have established international research and 
development (R&D) capabilities in Echirolles (France), 
Shanghai (China), Hanoi (Vietnam) and Tokyo (Japan).  

Our dedicated team of 60 highly experienced engineers 
specialises in software development, 3D technology, ID 
security standards, design and unit upgrades.

Our R&D facility in France plays a key role in the 
identification of new market opportunities and new 
product industrialisation, undertaking pilot production 
and testing prior to large-scale production in Eastern 
Europe and China.  

Our key areas of focus

REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADES

We continually refurbish and upgrade our existing product 
estate to support our market-leading position.  

In 2011, we commenced rollout of our next-generation 
photobooth, designed by Philippe Starck. With 5,235 units 
having been deployed across the estate, the new design now 
accounts for approximately 18% of our total photobooth estate 
and is delivering enhanced increased takings.

Our Telemetry software provides automated monitoring to 
ensure optimal availability and high-quality service of our 
equipment. Not only does Telemetry enable our engineers to 
monitor machines remotely and receive alerts regarding any 
faults, it also facilitates remote servicing and repairs.

PROPRIETARY SECURITY BIOMETRIC  
IDENTIFICATION SOLUTIONS

Security identification has traditionally focused on 2D images. 
However, the Board believes that the next generation in 
identification will incorporate integrated 3D image capture, 
facial recognition, biometrics and enrolment technologies.  

Photo-Me believes itself to be the only company in the market 
employing instant 3D image capture. Our photogrammetry-
based proprietary scanning system generates an accurate, 
ultra-high resolution, full colour 3D surface image which is 
virtually impossible to falsify. 

By combining 3D images with facial recognition technology, 
the digital image is significantly more accurate and creates an 
unrivalled level of security. 

The security features embedded in these cutting-edge 
technologies greatly enhance protection against counterfeit 
and fraudulent identification papers. The 3D encrypted digital 
portrait photos, which use various encryptions such as QR 
code, Tag RFID, holographic laser engraved and secured 
chips, are the ideal, secure identification solution for  
official documents.

NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 

We are focused on extending the services available via our 
photobooths and identifying new product segments with 
attractive cash-based characteristics. We leverage our strong 
existing site-owner relationships and, with any new product 
introduced, we aim to achieve first year gross revenues 
equivalent to the cost of the investment.

INTERNATIONAL R&D PRESENCE 

Echirolles

Shanghai 

Hanoi

Tokyo

A recently developed new product has the capability to provide 
front-end retail banking services via our extensive network 
of photobooths, supporting fintech companies competing 
with traditional high street banks. The photobooth would 
offer customers 100% instant, self-service banking services 
through secure data transfer for account management. Once 
registered, users of the service would be able to access instant 
card delivery and activation services, make deposits and 
print transaction histories. Customers would be able to receive 
assistance via video link if they encounter any problems. 

Business Review continued
CASE STUDIES

Digital photo and e-signature enrolment in France 
Photo-Me has been working in close partnership with the 
Agence Nationale des Titres Sécurisés (ANTS) to deploy a 
national secure-connection system to collect digital signatures 
and ICAO-compliant ID photos for driving licences. ANTS is 
a national agency linked to the French Interior Ministry that 
issues secure official personal documents.

• 

In 2013, the French government created a new-format 
driving licence incorporating holographic design and a 
machine-readable zone, similar to passports. 

• 

In June 2014, Photo-Me started working with ANTS 
to develop software to digitally transfer ID photos and 

Overview

e-signature files from its extensive photobooth network 
across France. This technology enables data to be sent 
from its photobooth to the ANTS national secure server, 
whilst remaining fully compliant with the latest identity 
assurance and privacy protection standards.

• 

In December, Photo-Me secured the first agreement with 
ANTS to allow the delivery of digitalised e-photos and 
e-signatures, fully compliant with the new requirements, 
sent from its photobooth via a secure server. 

•  Software upgrades to the photobooths in France were 

completed during 2016.

PHOTO-ME SERVER

GOVERNMENT SERVER

Data request

4

5

Data automatically 
transferred

2

Data is transferred 
to a secure server

1

Photo & signature
are captured

2

Customer is  
given a photo 
with a unique 
code

3

Customer inputs its 
unique code during the 
online application on the 
government website

6

Single 
visit to the 
administration

In 2011 we commenced 
rollout of our next generation 
photobooth, designed by 
Philippe Starck.  5,235 have 
now been deployed across 
the estate.

1.
This process simplifies the licence 
application process and provides a 
much higher level of security to the 
French authorities.  

2.
When customers have their new ID 
photos taken in one of the connected 
photobooths, the ICAO-compliant 
photo is securely transferred directly 
to the ANTS system where it can 
be accessed online for the driving 
licence application process. 

3.
This ensures there is no risk of the 
photo being manipulated, and 
addresses increasing concerns 
surrounding identity fraud. 

14

15

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsBusiness Review continued
CASE STUDIES continued

Encrypted photo ID technology in partnership  
with Irish Government 
Following the success of our secure data capture and 
transfer technology in France, and growing demand from 
governments for increasingly sophisticated photo identification 
in Europe, we have focused on opportunities to develop 
similar technologies in other countries.   

Our secure digital upload technology was adopted by the 
Irish government in March 2017 for the digital transfer of ID 
photos as part of its Online Passport Application service. 

• 

 In February 2016, Photo-Me entered into discussions 
with the Irish government to develop technology to 
enable the secure digital upload of ID photographs for 

Online Passport Applications to a secure  
government server.

• 

• 

• 

In November 2016, a memorandum of understanding 
was signed with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and 
Trade in the Republic of Ireland. 

In early 2017, Photo-Me trialled the system in 100 
photobooths in Ireland.

 In March 2017, the Irish government launched its new 
Online Passport Application services, with ID photo 
requirement exclusively supported by Photo-Me’s secure 
digital upload system.

Overview

PHOTO-ME SERVER

GOVERNMENT SERVER

5

Data automatically 
transferred

2

Data is transferred 
to a secure server

Business Review continued
REVIEW OF PERFORMANCE BY GEOGRAPHY

The commentaries on the financial performance of the business are set out below in line with the segments as operated by the 
Board and the management of Photo-Me and consistently with the information prepared to support the Board decision process. 
Although the Company organisation is not articulated around product lines, some commentary below relates to the performance 
of specific products in the relevant geographies 

Key financials
The Group reports its financial performance based on three principal geographic areas of operation: Continental Europe,  
UK & Ireland, and Asia & the Rest of the World. 

Revenue
Year to 30 April

Operating profit
Year to 30 April

2017
£m

20171
£m

2016
£m

Change
%

Continental Europe

111.7

97.6

93.7 +19.2%

UK & Republic  
of Ireland

Asia & ROW

Corporate

53.6

49.4

53.1

39.3

45.8 +17.0%

44.5 +11.0%

214.7

190.0

184.0 +16.7%

1 2017 trading results of overseas subsidiaries converted at 2016 exchange rates

214.7

190.0

184.0 +16.7%

2017
£m

33.9

7.3

8.4

49.6

(2.8)

46.8

20171
£m

2016
£m

Change1
%

29.6

24.1

+40.7%

7.2

6.9

43.7

(3.2)

40.5

8.0

(8.8)%

10.7

(21.5)%

42.8

+15.9%

(3.1)

(9.7)%

39.7   +17.9% 

Vending units in operation
The majority of the investment was allocated to expanding the laundry business, but, as we deployed 554 additional operated 
Revolution units and reached 50 opened laundry shops as at 30 April 2017, the Group has also rolled-out more than 800 of 
its new SpeedLab Cube and SpeedLab Bio by Starck digital photo printing kiosks and expanded our photobooth penetration in 
new locations in Asia.

1

Photo & signature
are captured

2

Customer is  
given a photo 
with a unique code

3

Customer inputs its 
unique code during the 
online application on the 
government website

6

Passport
renewal

Continental Europe

UK & Republic of Ireland

Asia & ROW

2017

2016

Change year on 
year

No of 
units

23,751

13,287

10,908

47,946

% of total

No of units

% of total

49%

28%

23%

100%

22,800

12,500

10,200

45,500

50%

28%

22%

100%

+4.2%

+6.3%

+6.9%

+5.4%

Photo-Me started upgrading 150 photobooths across 
Ireland, extending the rollout to 300 photobooths 
throughout Ireland by the end of 2017. The rollout is 
underway in partnership with Photo-Me’s key partners in 
Ireland, including Topaz, SuperValu, Tesco, An Post and 
a number of shopping centres nationwide. 

This technology provides customers with a convenient, 
easy-to-use and cost-effective system. Once the rollout 
is completed (expected by end of 2017), 98% of the 
population will live within 5km of a Photo-Me secure 
upload ID photobooth.

Other ID security solutions deployed to date:  

INSTANT VERIFICATION IN CHINA

Developed an intelligent photobooth that securely collects 
ICAO-compliant photos, fingerprints and official documents for 
validation.

SECURE DATA COLLECTION IN GEORGIA

In partnership with Oberthur Technologies, we have 
implemented booths that transfer ICAO- compliant photos to the 
national civil registry sever. 

DIGITAL COLLECTION IN GERMANY

Integrated a secure biometric data capture solution in our 

photobooths to securely transfer ICAO-compliant photos and 
signatures. Fully certified by German authorities. 

MY NUMBER IN JAPAN

Our photobooths can scan the unique QR code every Japanese 
citizen has received, to match photos to the My Number card 
application.

BIOMETRY IN SWITZERLAND

Public service buildings have been equipped with 380 
enrolment stations to securely capture and transfer photos, 
fingerprints and signatures. 

Laundry units 
Total laundry revenue across the Group increased by 79% to £21.7m1 (2016: £12.1m), reflecting our strategy to 
grow those operations. The revenue relating to our operated estate increased by 89% to £14.3m (2016: £7.6m) 
while the number of operated units increased by 58%.

Total laundry units

Deployed units (total)

2017

3,2512

2016

2,148

2015

1,084

Ave. takings per owned unit (€)3

€16,586

€15,382

€14,396

Change

+51%

+8%

1  Including Fowler revenue of £3.7m (2016: £1.5m)
2  Including 915 (2016: 415) deployed in the UK & Republic of Ireland and 7 (2016: 1) deployed in Asia & ROW  
3  Average calculated only on machines in France, Ireland and Portugal with full month takings

Since the launch of the Revolution laundries in Ireland and Portugal in 2014, the laundry business has contributed to a 
complete transformation of our businesses in those countries. The laundry revenue grew in Portugal and Ireland, respectively 
by 565% and 701% between 2015 and 2017, representing now respectively 61% and 66% of the total revenue in each 
country. The profit before tax and excluding group fees increased respectively by 456% and 739% in Portugal and Ireland 
between 2014 and 2017.

16

17

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsBusiness Review continued
REVIEW OF PERFORMANCE BY GEOGRAPHY continued

Business Review continued
REVIEW OF PERFORMANCE BY GEOGRAPHY continued

Continental Europe

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

This division performed strongly in the period and is the largest 
contributor to the Group’s results, representing 52% of total 
Group revenue (2016: 51%) and 72% of operating profit 
(2016: 61%).  

The division operates in ten countries (Austria, Belgium, France, 
Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Spain 
and Switzerland), with France remaining the most important 
country in the region. We are now entering the Italian market, 
leveraging our relationships with existing site owners, and 
focusing on laundry and digital kiosks.

At the end of April 2017, 49% of the Group’s estate was sited 
in Continental Europe compared with 50% in the prior year, 
with a total of 23,751 units in operation (2016: 22,800), an 
increase of 4.2%. The division mainly invested in laundry  
units and the new Philippe Starck designed digital photo 
printing kiosks.

Revenue at constant currency increased by 4.2%, driven by a 
60% increase in the takings from our expanded laundry estate. 
Photobooth revenue contracted by 0.7%. Operating profit at 
constant currency increased by 22.8%, primarily driven by 
growth in the laundry division.

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS & STRATEGIC PROGRESS
Identification
Our focus has been to upgrade our photobooth estate in the 
region with new digital security features as well as payment 
system upgrades, in order to increase the use of electronic 
payments in photobooths and in our kiosks. 

In France, we have invested to upgrade the vast majority of 
photobooths to enable the direct and secure transmission from 
our photobooths of a digitised e-photo and e-signature to the 
ANTS secure database for driving licence applications. 

In Germany, our secure data capture and transfer technology 
is fully certified by the German authorities and we have started 
the progressive rollout of this technology.

In the first half of the year, the Company took the decision to 
implement price increases in its photobooths in the Netherlands 
(from €5 to €6) and Switzerland (from CHF 8 to CHF 10). 
Those price increases have been successfully completed. 

Laundry
The expansion of the laundry business in Continental Europe 
has continued apace, primarily focused on France, Belgium 
and Portugal.  

In Portugal, laundry operations now account for over 60% of 
the country’s revenue contribution compared with 13% in  
FY 2015, reflecting a shift in our product mix as we accelerate 
the rollout of our laundry business. 

During the year, 27 launderette shops were added to the 
estate. Results from these new sites have been solid and 
encouraging.  

Production of the new compact Revolution machines 
commenced in March 2017 and we anticipate that these 
reduced footprint units will be more attractive to Far Eastern 
markets. The reduced planning requirements due to the unit size 
will also speed up deployment in our target markets. 

Kiosks
In 2017, the number of digital printing kiosks in Continental 
Europe increased by 3%, primarily driven by the gradual 
rollout of the new SpeedLab Cube and SpeedLab Bio kiosks, 
designed by Philippe Starck. Specifically, Photo-Me started the 
deployment at Carrefour replacing Kodak units. So far, results 
have been encouraging.  

We currently operate 20 dedicated MoneyGram kiosks and 
a further 80 transaction kiosks in France. The Group is in 
discussions with MoneyGram to extend this partnership into 
other geographies.

UK & Republic of Ireland (including Corporate)

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

This division contributed 25% of Group revenue for the year 
(2016: 25%), and 10% of operating profit (2016: 12%). 

At the end of April 2017, 28% of the Group’s estate was sited 
in this region, compared with 28% in the prior year. There 
were 13,287 units in total (2016: 12,500), of which 6,600 
were photobooths (2016: 6,600). We increased the number of 
digital kiosks to 992 at the end of April 2017 from 255 in the 
previous year after introducing the SpeedLab Cube by Starck at 
Morrisons and Asda. The laundry estate increased by 57% to 
499 operated laundry units in the UK and Ireland.

Revenues increased by 17.0% compared with the previous year 
(up 15.9% at constant rate of exchange), driven by a 102% 
increase in sales from our laundry business.

Operating profit in this division declined by 8.2% as a result 
of start-up costs associated with the newly formed Photo-Me 
Retail business (the acquired UK Photo Division of Asda Stores 
Limited). This contributed to a £1.8m loss in the reported 
accounting period, compounded by increased depreciation 
following investment in our operated laundry and kiosk estates.  

Fowler UK, the Group’s commercial laundry and catering 
equipment business, made a full-year contribution of £0.7m 
to the Group’s profit before tax, while the UK operations 
excluding laundry contributed 5% of the Group’s profit 
before tax.

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS & STRATEGIC PROGRESS
Identification
In March 2017, the Group launched the rollout of its encrypted 
photo ID technology across Ireland in partnership with the Irish 
government. This agreement, which leverages the secure digital 
transfer technology developed for the French government, 
provides customers with a convenient, easy to use and cost 
effective system for the digital transfer of ID photos as part of 
the Online Passport Application service.  

Photo-Me Ireland is the first company licenced by Ireland’s 
Department of Foreign Affairs & Trade to capture and transfer 
digital photos as part of the new online passport renewal 
system. The photobooths are being rolled out with premier 
partners Topaz, SuperValu, Tesco and An Post, as well as a 
number of shopping centres nationwide. Upon completion of 
the rollout, which is expected by the end of 2017, 98% of the 
population of the Republic of Ireland will live within 5km of a 
Photo-Me secure upload ID photobooth. In order to maximise 
the increased volume opportunity, the electronic photo is priced 
at €8, compared to €5 for the traditional paper format. 

During the year, a price increase from £5 to £6 has been 
successfully implemented in the London area.

Laundry
The Group has now started actively deploying Revolution laundry 
units at suitable sites in the UK, with 70 units deployed during the 
year in petrol station forecourts, and other high footfall locations. 

Kiosks 
On 31 October 2016, the Group completed the acquisition of 
the UK photo division of Asda Stores Limited. The addition of 
363 sites previously managed by Asda, 191 photo centres and 
172 self-service corners, has extended our presence in the UK 
market. The reconfiguration of layouts and equipment upgrades 
which are being implemented as well as ongoing operational 
measures are expected to restore the profitability of the business 
in the short term and progressively expand profitability going 
forward. 

In addition to the printing kiosks sited at the Asda locations, the 
Group has sited over 120 SpeedLab Cube by Starck kiosks at 
Morrisons stores.

Asia & Rest of the World

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Asia and the Rest of the World contributed 23% of Group 
revenue (2016: 24%) and 18% of operating profit (2016: 27%). 
The Group operates in six countries (China, Japan, Singapore, 
South Korea, USA and Vietnam), with Japan remaining the 
largest business in the region. 

At the end of April 2017, 23% of the Group’s estate was sited in 
Asia and the Rest of the World (2016: 22%). In total, there were 
10,908 units (2016: 10,200), of which 9,279 (2016: 8,600) 
were photobooths. 

Revenues in Asia and the Rest of the World increased by 11%, 
benefiting from positive currency variances. At constant currency, 
revenues from the Asia & Rest of the World division decreased 
by 11.7%. While revenues in China and Korea increased 
respectively by 28.4% and 45.3%, those incremental gains were 
not sufficient to compensate for lower volumes in Japan following 
the Japanese government’s decision not to enforce the My 
Number card scheme immediately.

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS & STRATEGIC PROGRESS

Japan is the largest territory in the region. As previously 
announced, contributions from the government’s My Number 
ID card programme were lower than initially expected. Whilst 
our photobooths are equipped to scan the unique QR code 
every Japanese citizen has received, and match the ID photos 
to the My Number Card application, the ID cards are not 
mandatory and adoption by citizens has not been as rapid as 
the government had anticipated. The new card is expected to 
become compulsory in the medium term (2020/2021).

The group successfully opened its first launderette shop in Japan, 
starting the penetration of what is believed to be one of the 
largest markets in the world for launderettes. 

18

19

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Business Review continued
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

The Group measures its performance using a mixture of financial and non-financial indicators. The main objective of these KPIs is 
to ensure the Group remains highly cash generative, delivers sustained long-term profitability, preserves the value of its assets and 
provides high returns to shareholders.

Description

Relevance

April 2017

April 2016

Performance

Group total revenue at actual 
rate of exchange 

Group total revenue excluding 
minilab business at constant 
rate of exchange

Group profit before tax

The turnover at constant rate of exchange 
excluding minilabs indicates the underlying 
growth of the core business (for historical 
comparatives purposes, all converted at 
April 2012 rates)

EBITDA margin 

The EBITDA margin is a good indicator  
of improved profitability 

Gross takings (including VAT)

Gross takings are an important indicator  
of the trend in our core vending business 

Increase in number of 
photobooths 

Increase in number of laundry 
units (operated or sold)

The increase in number of photobooths 
is a constant priority and a main driver  
for growth 

The increase in number of laundry units 
measures our penetration in markets where 
there is a significant potential for growth 
and strong profits 

£214.7m

£184.0m

£200.5m

£48.0m

32.2%

+4.8%

£195.9m

£40.1m

30.8%

+3.7%

+887

+611

+1,103

+1,064

Business Review continued
OUR TEAM

These excellent results are testament to the strength of our 
teams across the business. Our Group structure reflects the 
entrepreneurial and creative nature of Photo-Me and is aligned 
to our business strategy. We have a team of more than 60 
R&D engineers within the business focused on innovation and 
new product development to support our future growth. Led by 
our Head of New Product Development, the majority of this 
team is located at our largest innovation facility in France with 
the remainder working at our R&D centres in China, Vietnam 
and Japan.  

Eric Mergui, COO, is responsible for operations, driving 
profitability and new business development, supported by our 
Country Managers and Global Business Development and 
Marketing Team. Gabriel Pirona, CFO, is responsible for our 
finance function. 

We are committed to nurturing talent within our teams and 
developing the next generation of leaders. I would like to take 
this opportunity to thank everyone who has worked for the 
Group during the year and contributed to our success.  

FUTURE PROSPECTS

Looking ahead, the Group will remain focused on driving 
profitability from our existing estate and investing in new 
and complementary products to extend the suite of services 
available through our established instant-service equipment 
network. Subject to the macroeconomic environment and 
consumer disposable income, the Board anticipates another 
year of consistent underlying progress. 

Serge Crasnianski
Chief Executive Officer & Deputy Chairman

27 June 2017

20

21

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
Financial Review

Financial Review continued

Financial Performance
The Group delivered a strong financial performance as illustrated by the significant increase in profits.

Review of operating costs
Operating costs amounted to £167.8m (2016: £144.3m).

Reported revenue increased by 16.7% to £214.7m as a result of the consistent, sustained expansion of our laundry business in 
Europe, the rollout of new digital photo printing kiosk models designed by Philippe Starck, and the positive impact of currency 
movements. 

Revenue

EBITDA

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit after tax

The movements in turnover are outlined in the following table:

April 2017
£m

214.7

69.2

46.8

48.0

35.1

Turnover April 2016 

Change in core business revenue 

Continental Europe

UK & Ireland

Asia

Impact of exchange rates

Turnover April 2017 

The increase in the profit before tax (PBT) can be explained as follows:

PBT - April 2016 

Changes in revenue

Changes in costs

Increase in net finance income

Impact of exchange rates

PBT - April 2017 

22

April 2016
£m

184.0

56.7

39.7

40.1

29.2

£m

184.0

+3.9

+7.3

(5.2)

+24.7

214.7

£m

40.1

+6.0

(5.2)

+0.9

+6.2

48.0

Staff costs amounting to £50.1m increased by £9.2m compared with the previous year and represented 23.3% of revenue 
(2016: 22.2%).  Excluding the impact of foreign exchange headwinds (£5.2m) and the increase linked to Photo-Me (Retail) 
Limited operations (digital photo operations acquired from Asda), the modest increase in salaries is in line with salary inflation 
across the Group.

The increase in inventory costs is the direct result of foreign exchange headwinds. As a percentage of sales, inventory costs 
decreased to 6.3% for the year ended 30 April 2017 from 8.2% in the previous year.  

The depreciation and amortisation charge at constant rate of exchange increased by £3.5m compared to the same period 
last year, as a result of increased investment in our estate and depreciation of goodwill and other intangibles arising from the 
acquisitions of Fowler UK.com Limited and the UK photo division of Asda Stores Limited. 

At constant rate of exchange, and the other operating costs increased at a lower rate than revenues, benefiting from positive 
exchange gains booked in 2017.  

April 2017
£m

April 2016
£m

Staff costs

Inventory costs

Other operating costs

Depreciation and amortization

Profit / (loss) on disposal of fixed assets 

Operating costs

50.1

13.5

82.7

146.3

22.4

(0.9)

167.8

40.9

11.5

75.2

127.6

16.9

(0.2)

144.3

Taxation 
The Group tax charge of £12.9m corresponds to an effective tax rate of 26.9% (2016: 27.2%).  

The Group undertakes business in 18 countries worldwide, with most of the tax charge arising in France, Japan and the United 
Kingdom. In each jurisdiction in which the Group operates, operations are organised so that the Group pays the correct and 
appropriate amount of tax at the right time in accordance with local regulations, and ensures compliance with the Group’s tax 
policy and guidelines.

Dividends
During the year, the Group paid dividends totalling £32.6m in respect of the interim, final and special dividends for the year 
ended 30 April 2016.

The interim dividend for the year ended 30 April 2017 (3.09p per share), announced in December 2016, was paid in May 
2017 and amounted to £11.6m.

Statement of Financial position
The Group balance sheet can be summarised as follows:

April 2017
£m

April 2016
£m

Non-current assets (excl. deposits)

Current assets (excl. cash and deposits)

Non-current liabilities (excl. borrowings)

Current liabilities (excl. borrowings)

Net cash

Total equity

Minority interests

Total shareholders’ funds

108.7

38.3

(10.9)

(46.0)

39.2

129.3

(1.3)

128.0

84.5

32.4

(8.4)

(48.2)

62.4

122.7

(1.1)

121.6

23

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial Review continued

Financial Review continued

Following the payment of dividends of £32.6m, shareholders’ funds at 30 April 2017 amounted to £128.0m, an increase of 
£6.4m compared with the previous year end.

The increase in EBITDA, coupled with optimised working capital management, mitigated the impact of increased tax payments 
and resulting in an increase in net cash generated from operations to £49.0m (2016: £40.6m).

Cash generated remained substantial and enabled the Group to finance its capital expenditure programme and pay out to 
shareholder dividends of £32.6m. 

Outstanding debt of £10.7m (2016: £10.8m) was deducted from the closing net cash balance at 30 April 2017. 

Total cash and cash equivalents at 30 April 2017 amounted to £47.5m (2016: £71.0m). 

At the end of April 2017, the Group’s net cash position, amounting to £39.2m (2016: £62.4m), could be split as follows:

Balance at 30 April 2016

Cash flow

Non-cash movements

Balance at 30 April 2017

Cash and deposits
£m

Borrowings
£m

Net cash
£m

73.2

(25.5)

2.1

49.8

(10.8)

1.1

(0.9)  

(10.6)

62.4

(24.4)

1.2

39.2

Non-current assets detailed are outlined in the following table:

April 2017
£m

April 2016
£m

Goodwill

R&D costs

Other intangible assets

Operating equipment

Plant and machinery

Land and buildings

Investment property 

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Total non-current assets (excl. deposits)

11.8

5.7

7.8

66.6

6.8

1.6

0.7

101.0

2.1

3.6

2.0

108.7

11.6

4.7

4.0

49.8

5.1

1.3

0.6

77.1

1.7

4.2

1.5

84.5

Goodwill mainly relates to the Japanese subsidiary. The movement in the year mostly corresponds to the impact of foreign 
currency translations. 

The increase in other intangible assets mainly relates to the acquisition of the UK photo division of Asda Stores Limited. 

With a net book value of £66.6m, operating equipment constitutes the main component of the Group’s total non-current assets. 
The Group owns some 47,946 machines operated worldwide. The change in net book value reflects the Group’s capital 
expenditure of £33.8m net of depreciation and exchange rate differences amounting to £12.3m.

Cash flow and net cash position

Opening net cash

Cash generated from operations

Taxation

Net cash generated from operations

Net cash used in investing activities

Dividends paid and other financing activities

Net cash utilised

Impact of exchange rates

Net cash inflow

Closing net cash

April 2017
£m

April 2016
£m

62.4

61.3

(12.0)

49.3

(40.9)

(32.9)

(24.5)

1.3

(23.2)

39.2

60.7

51.4

(10.8)

40.6

(24.8)

(17.8)

(2.0)

3.7

1.7

62.4

24

25

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Principal Risks  

Principal Risks continued

Similar to any business, the Group faces risks and uncertainties that could impact the achievement of the Group’s strategy. These 
risks are accepted as being part of doing business. The Board recognises that the nature and scope of these risks can change and 
so regularly reviews the risks faced by the Group as well as the systems and processes to mitigate them.

The table below sets out what the Board believes to be the principal risks and uncertainties, their impact, and actions taken to 
mitigate them.

Description and impact

Mitigation

Economic growth has a major influence on 
consumer spending. A sustained period of 
economic recession could lead to a decrease in 
consumer expenditure in discretionary areas.
The majority of the Group’s revenue and profit is 
generated outside the UK, and the Group results 
could be adversely impacted by an increase in the 
value of sterling relative to those currencies.

The Group focuses on maintaining the characteristics and 
affordability of its needs driven and regulatory products.

The Group naturally hedges its exposure to currency 
fluctuations on transactions, as relevant. However, by its 
nature, in the Board’s opinion, it is very difficult to hedge 
against currency fluctuation arising from translation in 
consolidation in a cost effective manner.

Nature of 
the risk

Economic

Global 
economic 
conditions

Volatility 
of foreign 
exchange 
rates

Regulations

Centralisation 
of production 
of ID photos

In many European countries where the Group 
operates, if governments were to implement 
centralised image capture for biometric passport 
and other applications or widen the acceptance of 
self-made or home-made photographs for official 
document applications, the Group's revenues and 
profits could be seriously affected.

The Group has developed new systems that respond to 
this situation, leveraging 3D technology in ID security 
standards, and securely linking our booths to the 
administration repositories (solutions in place in France, 
Ireland, Germany and Switzerland, discussions in the UK, 
Belgium and Holland). 

Furthermore, the Group also ensures that its ID products 
remain affordable and of high quality.

In the UK, the Group is lobbying both alone and in 
tandem with its trade association to propose a solution 
similar to the ANTS system in France which sends photos 
electronically, maintaining the integrity of the photos, 
compliance with ICAO standards and, in the Board’s 
opinion, posing less threat to national security.

The Board is keeping the potential impacts of the 
referendum decision to leave the EU on all the Group’s 
operations under review. 

Any potential developments, including new information 
and policy indications from the UK government and the 
EU, will be looked at carefully on a continual basis with 
a view to enhancing the ability to take appropriate action 
targeted at managing and where possible minimising any 
adverse repercussions of Brexit.

The specific impact of Brexit on the Group will depend 
on the details of the conditions of the breakup to be 
negotiated between the UK and the European Union.

The Board foresees however that, while in the short term 
the negative impact of the uncertainty overshadowing 
the general UK economy could also overspill on the 
Group’s UK operations, in the long term, potential ‘re-
nationalisation’ of UK identity documents (including the 
conversion of the EU burgundy passports to the navy 
blue British version), as well as strengthened immigration 
regulations, could lead to increased requests for the 
Group's secure identification products.

The Company has engaged advisers to reduce its 
exposure to business rates. The Company has received 
advice that the vast majority of the affected estate may 
not be subject to business rates, and therefore it is 
systematically appealing before the Valuation Tribunal 
the assessments received while negotiating with the 
authorities to reduce that exposure. The Company 
believes that following the latest decision by the Upper 
Tribunal on 12 April 2017 in the ATM case, the risk may 
be capable of successful mitigation.

Brexit

The UK’s referendum decision to leave the EU 
("Brexit") will most probably lead to changes in 
regulations in the UK as well as modifications of 
numerous arrangements between the UK and other 
members of the EEC, affecting trade and customs 
conditions, taxation, movements of resources, etc.

Business rates

Since early 2015, the Valuation Office Authority 
has been issuing significantly increased 
assessments for some of the Company’s estate, 
mainly photobooths and printing kiosks, and in 
some instances applying rates that the Company 
considers unreasonable. The census campaign led 
by the Government is part of the well-publicised 
strategy to systematically increase the amount of tax 
collected through business rates. The business tax 
risk is limited to the Company’s operations in the 
UK, and the cost of the tax charge has been fully 
expensed in the relevant periods.

Nature of 
the risk

Strategic

Identification of 
new business 
opportunities

Inability to deliver 
anticipated 
benefits from the 
launch of new 
products

Market

Commercial 
relationships

Description and impact

Mitigation

Failure to identify new business areas may impact 
the ability of the Group to grow in the long term.

The realisation of long-term anticipated benefits 
depends mainly upon the continued growth of the 
laundry business and the successful development 
of integrated secure ID solutions.

Management teams constantly review demand in 
existing markets and potential new opportunities. 
The Group continues to invest in research into new 
products and technologies.

The Group regularly monitors the performance of its 
entire estate of machines. New technology enabled 
secure ID solutions are heavily trialled before launch 
and the performance of operating machines is 
monitored consistently.

The Group has well-established long-term 
relationships with a number of site-owners. The 
deterioration in the relationship with, or ultimately 
the loss of, a key account would have an adverse 
albeit contained impact on the Group’s results, 
bearing in mind that the Group’s turnover is spread 
over a large client base and none of the accounts 
represent more than 1% of Group turnover.

The Group’s major key relationships are supported 
by medium-term contracts. We actively manage our 
site-owner relationships at all levels to ensure a high 
quality of service.

Operational

Reliance 
on foreign 
manufacturers

The Group sources most of its products from 
outside the UK. Consequently, the Group is subject 
to risks associated with international trade.

Extensive research is conducted into quality and 
ethics before the Group procures products from any 
new country or supplier. The Group also maintains 
very close relationships with both its suppliers 
and shippers to ensure that risks of disruption to 
production and supply are managed appropriately.

Reliance on one 
single supplier of 
consumables

The Group currently buys all its paper for 
photobooths from one single supplier. The failure 
of this supplier could have a significant adverse 
impact on paper procurement.

The Board has decided to hold a strategic stock of 
paper, allowing for 6 to 10 months’ worth of paper 
consumption, to allow enough time to put in place 
alternative solutions.

Reputation

The Group’s brands are key assets of the 
business. Failure to protect the Group’s reputation 
and brands could lead to a loss of trust and 
confidence. This could result in a decline in the 
customer base.

Product and 
service quality

The Board recognises that the quality and safety 
of both its products and services is of critical 
importance and that any major failure will affect 
consumer confidence.

The protection of the Group's brands in its core 
markets is sustained by products with certain unique 
features. The appearance of the machine is subject 
to high maintenance standards. Furthermore, 
the reputational risk is diluted as the Group also 
operates under a range of brands. 

The Group continues to invest in its existing estate 
to ensure that it remains contemporary, and in 
constant product innovation to meet customer 
needs. The Group also has a programme in place 
to regularly train its technicians.

Technological

Failure to keep up 
with advances in 
technology

The Group operates in fields where upgrades to 
new technologies are mission critical, particularly 
in relation to photography.

The Group mitigates this risk by continually focusing 
on R&D.

Cyber risk: third 
party attack on 
our secure ID data 
transfer feeds

The Group operates an increasing number of 
photobooths capturing ID data and transferring it 
directly to governmental databases.

The Group performs an ongoing assessment of the 
risks and ensures that the infrastructure meets the 
security requirements.

Information on (i) employees (including information on the gender diversity make-up of the Group’s employees), (ii) social and 
community matters, and (iii) environmental issues is provided in the Corporate Social Responsibility Statement. The Board does 
not consider it necessary for an understanding of the development, performance or position of the Group’s business to include 
any further details on these issues in this Strategic Report.

By order of the Board

Del Mansi 
Company Secretary

27 June 2017

26

27

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Corporate Responsibility Statement

Corporate Responsibility Statement continued

Our approach to corporate responsibility
The Group recognises its responsibilities to the community 
and the environment and believes that health, safety and 
environmental issues are integral and important components 
of best practice in business management. Our management 
of corporate responsibility can influence our ability to create 
long-term financial and non-financial value, and impacts on our 
relationship with shareholders and other stakeholders.

We believe that effective management of corporate 
responsibility can reduce risks and help us identify business 
opportunities. We prioritise our corporate responsibility 
activities based on three main drivers:

• 

• 

 legal requirements and future policy trends;

 customer, employee and investor preferences for 
corporate responsibility; and

• 

 cost savings and business efficiency.

We aim to ensure that our approach is consistent with the 
directors’ duty to promote the success of the Company, a legal 
requirement included in the UK Companies Act 2006. This duty 
is based on the principle of ‘enlightened shareholder value’.

How we manage corporate responsibility
The Board is ultimately accountable for corporate responsibility. 
The Chief Executive Officer has specific responsibility for risk 
management and health, safety and environmental matters, 
with delegated authority through line management.

The Group operates in highly differentiated national markets 
with differing national laws, preferences and cultures. As a 
result, operational direction and management of corporate 
responsibility lie primarily with national business managers, 
who are best placed to ensure compliance with national 
legislation and market expectations.

with the Equality Act 2010 by introducing on-screen instructions 
within our photobooths for hard-of-hearing customers, and 
voice instructions and carefully selected screen colours and font 
sizes for customers with visual impairments. In addition, the 
development of the universal photobooth enables access for 
wheelchair users.

Employees

EMPLOYEE COMMUNICATION, ENGAGEMENT AND 
INVOLVEMENT

The Company’s employees are a valued integral part of the 
business and the Company’s ability to achieve success in 
key business objectives. As such, it is the Company’s policy 
to provide colleagues with appropriate financial and other 
information about the business to encourage employee 
engagement, and to enthuse and inspire its workforce through 
a network of media such as:

•  business networking tools to encourage synergies 

among colleagues and businesses, sharing ideas and 
best practices

• 

internal notification of vacancies and policy updates; 
and

•  monthly operational meetings for business leaders 

across the Group to engage with colleagues, providing 
business and local updates. Encourage interactive 
feedback to ensure business leaders are kept informed 
of the Group’s performance and of the financial and 
economic factors affecting Company and Group 
performance.

While it has adopted a decentralised Group management 
approach, the Company nurtures a common culture among 
its workforce throughout the entire Group through openness, 
honesty and the pursuit of a universal goal that focuses on core 
corporate values.

The Group’s internal audit programme operates a risk-based 
assessment process, including corporate responsibility issues. 
The Board reviews Group-wide performance on corporate 
responsibility within the assessment and review process. Where 
necessary, Group-wide policies are developed or revised to 
address specific risks, opportunities, or new information.

We do everything in our power to support and protect human 
rights. As a responsible company with operations across the 
world, we believe that strong ethics and good business go 
hand in hand. We commit to complying with the laws and 
regulations of the countries and jurisdictions in which 
we operate.

Products
The development, use and disposal of our products represent 
a main area of both risk and opportunity. We ensure that our 
products and services are designed to meet existing legislation 
and increased customer expectations, including environmental, 
health and safety and accessibility issues.

To ensure products manufactured by KIS SAS (the Group’s 
manufacturing subsidiary, based in France, which subcontracts 
this function to third parties) consistently satisfy our stringent 
quality requirements, ISO 9001 standard certification has  
been achieved.

In consideration of global concerns regarding the disposal of 
waste and increasing metal prices and landfill costs, we have 
focused more attention on the re-use and recycling of our retired 
products. Currently, more than 90% by weight of the materials 
used in our photobooths, mostly steel and other metals, is 
recycled at the end of their product lifecycle. In light of our 
concerns regarding increased energy costs and man-made 
impact on climate change, we have embraced technological 
advances by investing in energy-saving improvements to 
our products, which are explained further under 
“Environment” below.

The needs of all our customers are important to us. This drives 
a continual review of our products and the development of 
solutions to meet these needs. For example, we have improved 
services offered to customers with disabilities, and complied 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES AND DIVERSITY

The Company is an equal opportunities employer and is 
committed to ensuring equal career opportunities for all its 
employees without discrimination, and pursuing fair and 
equitable policies and procedures for recruitment, training and 
development. Full consideration is accorded to all applications 
from persons with disabilities, with due regard to their aptitudes 
and abilities.

The Company ensures that, wherever possible, employees who 
develop a disability during their engagement can continue their 
employment through a supportive mechanism of retraining, 
redeployment and reasonable adjustments where practicable, 
enabling them to remain within the Group. Opportunities for 
training, career development and progression into and within 
the Group do not operate to the detriment of persons 
with disabilities.

GENDER DIVERSITY

The table below shows the gender diversity of the Group’s 
employees at 30 April 2017 with corresponding figures for the 
previous year: 

As at 30 April 2017

 The Board of Photo-Me

6

5

1

Total

Male

Female

Senior managers in 
the Group (excluding 
directors of Photo-Me)

Employees  
(excluding above)

Total

As at 30 April 2016

16 
(88.88%)

2 
(11.12%)

18

1,696

1,720

1,132 
(66.75%)

564 
(33.25%)

1,153 
(67%)

567 
(33%)

 The Board of Photo-Me

6

5

1

Total

Male

Female

Senior managers in 
the Group (excluding 
directors of Photo-Me)

Employees  
(excluding above)

Total

HEALTH AND SAFETY

17

16 (94%)

1 (6%)

1,123 932 (83%) 191 (17%)

1,146

953 
(83%)

193 
(17%)

We are committed to ensuring that customers, site owners and 
employees are free from risk from products operated by the 
Group. In addition to these moral and ethical considerations, 
we believe that the effective management of health and safety 
is an essential ingredient for successful business performance. 
Our commitment to the safety of our customers and business 
partners is achieved through a network of trained service 
operatives who routinely service installed equipment on 
customers’ sites as well as conducting periodic safety 
inspections and tests. Customers and site owners can raise 
any safety concerns directly through our call centres, which 
immediately inform management and direct an operative to 
the site within 24 hours.

New products from external suppliers are assessed to ensure 
that they meet relevant safety standards before being launched 
in the market. We work with our suppliers where appropriate, 
sharing the benefit of our many years’ experience of 
developing products to the highest standard of safety.

Photobooth security is managed by a multipoint locking system 
with either one or two security padlocks depending on the 
model. Our photobooths meet current electrical standards 
through a declaration of conformity (DOC) and Conformité 
Européene (CE) marking confirming Restriction of Hazardous 
Substances (RoHS2) product compliance. Our experienced 
engineers also test equipment regularly to ensure it meets 
both Portable Appliance Testing (PAT) and Amusement Device 
Inspection Procedures Scheme (ADIPS) standards.

Children’s rides manufactured by Jolly Roger (Amusement 
Rides) Limited, a Group subsidiary company in the UK, are 
produced in accordance with industry guidance issued by the 
British Amusement and Catering Trades Association (BACTA) 
and conform to CE marking confirming RoHS2 product 
compliance. This supplements the various British, European 
and International standards that apply to children’s rides 
and ensures a minimum standard of quality and safety. The 
Company is also a registered inspection body within the UK 
of ADIPS Scheme administered by BACTA and enables its 
qualified operatives to inspect children’s rides and issue the 
required safety certification.

Within the UK, the general manager fully supports the health 
and safety policy and ensures there is provision on the agenda 
of regular senior executive meetings to address health and 
safety matters. Policies and procedures developed over the 
years continue to be reviewed and adjusted as part of the 
process of continual improvement and keeping pace with 
legislative advances. To achieve the standard of health and 
safety performance to which the Company aspires, we believe 
that it is important to empower individuals at all levels and 
equip them with the tools and skills they require by providing 
relevant training and information. The Company continues to 
improve its employee-induction process and has introduced an 
alternative online training system supplied by Essential Skillz 
in 2014 to teach and refresh employee skills as required. 
That database showed over 4,000 training sessions and 70% 
compliance with the training plan.

The Company continues to maintain its membership of the 
British Safety Council and is also a member of the CE Marking 
Association. In addition to demonstrating our commitment 
to best safety and environmental practice and consistent 
improvement, these ongoing partnerships enable us to access 
expert advice and quality training resources to assist us in 
achieving these goals.

In the UK, the Company is accredited under two safe 
contractor schemes, one managed by Alcumus and the other 
by Altius, and has also received an assured Vendor award. 
This accreditation is reviewed annually and requires all  
Health and Safety policies and procedures to be audited by 
the scheme.

We recognise that all employees have an important 
contribution to make in the ongoing development and 
implementation of our health and safety policies and 
procedures. This is reflected in the representation from all 
levels of the business on the Health and Safety Committee.

ENVIRONMENT
The Company recognises its responsibility towards the 
environment and the impact of its business activities. The 
main risks to the business in this area arise from increased 
legislation and the rising cost of waste disposal. The Company 
has mitigated its exposure to these risks by:

•  consistently reducing, in previous years, the amount 

of waste produced. However, during the current year, 
our UK operations have seen an increase in packaging 
waste due to the acquisition of the ASDA Photo Centre 
business, now managed by Photo-Me (Retail) Ltd.; 

• 

 the recovery, refurbishment and resale of electrical 
equipment such as children’s rides which promote the 
principle embodied in recent legislation of reuse before 
recycling. This not only generates cost savings but also 
creates a source of income.

Where possible, we endeavour to embrace technological 
advances to reduce the impact of our operations on the 
environment. Such initiatives include:

• 

• 

• 

the ability to automatically shut down (and restart) 
photobooths during closing hours which saves 
approximately 30% of power consumption on site;

the use of remote telemetry systems to minimise the 
number of service visits and reduce wastage of 
consumables;

the substitution of old-technology lighting with new 
low-energy lamps in all photobooths. The new 
Photobooth by Starck uses the latest LED lighting which 
also eliminates the hazardous waste associated with 
fluorescent tubes; and

• 

 the replacement of most old CRT monitors with new flat-
screen technology which is more energy-efficient and 
eliminates associated hazardous waste.

28

29

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Responsibility Statement continued

Corporate Responsibility Statement continued

Although we are not presently exposed to material risks related to climate change, we are taking proactive steps to ensure that 
our energy use and demand for natural resources are reduced wherever possible. In addition to the examples highlighted above, 
the Company operates a green fleet policy which specifies that vehicles are sourced according to practicality and environmental 
impact as defined in terms of CO2 emissions. We have achieved the target set last year of further reducing vehicle CO2 ratings by 
4.22%, to a total of 26% compared with the 2008 fleet therefore a 7% reduction over the previous year, which has saved another 
56.6 tonnes of CO2 from entering the atmosphere in 2016. This is supported by the Company’s Road Risk Policy which assists in 
reducing fuel consumed as well as an overall reduction in the number of miles driven.

ASSESSMENT PARAMETERS

Consolidation approach

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions

REPORTING OF GHG EMISSIONS

As of 1 October 2013, all quoted companies must report GHG emissions in their annual report as required by the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended).

In accordance with the disclosure requirements for listed companies, the table below shows the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions 
for the current and preceding financial year.

The Group is required to report the emissions it is responsible for (as defined below), and to provide at least one ‘intensity ratio’ 
together with an explanation of methodology used.

Materiality threshold

In the table below, the Group has not reported fugitive emissions (which include leakages from refrigerants used in air 
conditioning units, etc.) because no data were available and, given the low number of such units in the Group, management did 
not consider such emissions to be material.

Emissions from

Scope 1

Scope 1 – travel costs

Scope 1 – gas

Scope 2

Scope 2 – operating estate

Scope 2 – electricity, heat, steam or cooling

Total emissions

Intensity ratio

Year ended 30 April 
2017
Tonnes of CO2e

Year ended 30 April 
2016
Tonnes of CO2e

4,339.07

3,885.42

453.65

18,701.05

18,220.11

480.94

4,372.99

3,882.59

490.40

18,324.59

17,789.42

535.17

23,040.12

22,697.58

Per number of units of operating equipment

0.4943

0.4986

The above figures are based on subsidiary companies owned by Photo-Me, except for those 
non-material subsidiary companies (mainly new start-up ventures) whose vending estate 
comprises less than 50 machines.

For those investments where the Group has less than 50% of the issued share capital, the 
Group does not have operational control for day-to-day activities and these entities are not 
included in the above figures.

Boundary summary

The Group has included vending estates which are owned by the Group even though it does 
not directly control the operational use (i.e. period of operation) for these assets.

Emission factor source

Department of Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy, 2016 GHG Conversion Factors for 
Company Report (2016: DEFRA 2014).

Methodology 

Photo-Me followed the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Standard.

As mentioned above, subsidiary companies with less than 50 units of operating equipment 
have been excluded, as have depots and other property units where the total amount spent on 
heating, lighting and power is less than £50,000 per annum per site.

Intensity ratio

As explained below.

SCOPE 1 EMISSIONS

The main components of these emissions are:

•  Emissions from motor vehicles operated by the Group, including service and installation personnel (servicing and 

maintaining the operational estate etc.) and administrative staff.

• 

 Natural gas consumption on the Group’s premises.

SCOPE 2 EMISSIONS

The main components of these emissions are:

•  Purchased electricity for use on the Group’s premises. This is mainly for heating and lighting. The Group’s property estate 
largely consists of administrative offices and storage depots. Most manufacturing of vending equipment and products are 
outsourced to third parties. In those instances, emissions are controlled by third parties.

• 

 Emissions from vending equipment.

The Group’s chosen intensity ratio for external reporting is calculated by dividing total emissions by the average number of 
units of operating equipment during the year for the reporting companies.

Viability Statement

The directors have assessed the viability and prospects of 
the Group in accordance with the requirements of the 2014 
revision of the UK Corporate Governance Code. In doing 
so, the directors have considered and taken into account the 
Group’s present position and the principal risks facing it, the 
latter being set out in the Strategic Report. The directors have 
carried out their assessment by: (i) considering the potential 
repercussions of those principal risks at least annually as well 
as the risk impact of each major event or transaction; 
(ii) examining the effectiveness of the actions taken to mitigate 
the principal risks; (iii) continually reviewing strategy and 
market developments through regular executive briefings; and 
(iv) taking into account the Group’s operational processes 
and financial resources. Based on this robust assessment, the 
directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities over a 
three-year period to June 2020.

The directors decided that a three-year period is appropriate 
for this assessment because it enables a good level of 
confidence due to a number of factors including: (i) the 
Group’s considerable financial resources including the high 

cash generation of its operations; (ii) the inherent unlikelihood 
of all or even most of the identified potential principal risks 
materialising simultaneously; (iii) the length of major operating 
contracts; (iv) the Group’s diverse geographical operations plus 
its established business relationships with many customers and 
suppliers in countries throughout the world; and (v) its proven 
track record in R&D development and its ability to adapt to 
market trends. 

The directors have no reason to believe the Group will not 
be viable over a longer period, however, given the inherent 
uncertainty involved in looking at longer time frames, the 
period over which the directors consider it possible to form a 
reasonable expectation as to the Group’s longer-term viability is 
three years. 

By order of the Board

Del Mansi 
Company Secretary

27 June 2017

30

31

Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial Statements32

33

technological:
technological:
INTEGRATION
INTEGRATION

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017OURTECHNOLOGYOURTECHNOLOGYBoard of Directors and Company Secretary

Report of Directors

John Lewis OBE
Non-executive Chairman

Serge Crasnianski
Chief Executive Officer & 
Deputy Chairman 

Emmanuel Olympitis
Non-executive Director

Françoise Coutaz-Replan
Non-executive Director

Jean-Marcel Denis
Non-executive Director

Yitzhak Apeloig
Non-executive Director

Del Mansi
Company Secretary

34

Joined the Board in 2008 and appointed Chairman in 2010. Chairman of 
the Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. Currently a consultant to Eversheds Sutherland LLP (as now is) 
and a Director of AIM market company, Prime People plc, as well as various 
private companies. Previously a practising solicitor and partner in Lewis, Lewis 
& Co which became part of Eversheds Sutherland LLP (as now is) after a series 
of mergers. Also, previously served as Chairman of Cliveden plc and Principal 
Hotels plc and as Vice Chairman of John D Wood & Co plc and Pubmaster 
Group Ltd.

Appointed to the Board in 2009. Previously served on the Board from 
1990 to 2007; until 1994 as a Non-executive Director, from 1994 as an 
Executive Director and as Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2007. 
Founded KIS in 1963.

Appointed to the Board in 2009. Senior Independent Non-executive Director, 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Nomination 
and Audit Committees. Previous directorships include China Cablecom 
Holdings Limited (NASDAQ), Canoel International Energy Limited (Canada), 
Matica plc, Secure Fortress plc, Bulgarian Land Development plc, Norman 95 
plc, Pacific Media plc (Executive Chairman) and Bella Media plc (Chairman). 
Early career in merchant banking and financial services, including as Executive 
Director of Bankers Trust International Ltd, Group Chief Executive of Aitken 
Hume International plc, and Executive Chairman of Johnson & Higgins Ltd.

Appointed to the Board in 2009. Retired from her executive role as Group 
Finance Director on 27 August 2015, continuing as a Non-executive Director. 
Joined KIS in 1991. Appointed to the Audit Committee on 20 October 2016.

Appointed to the Board in 2012. Chairman of the Audit Committee and a 
member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committees. Founded his own 
auditing firm in 1970 in Paris, Auditeurs & Conseils Associés (ACA) and sold 
his interest in ACA in 2005. Subsequently a consultant in Finance & Conseils 
Associés, which specialises in business valuations.

Appointed to the Board in 2012. A qualified accountant and Managing 
Partner of ATE Technology Equipment B.V., a private equity firm active mainly 
in Israel. Chairman of Leader Holdings and Investments Ltd and Atreyu Capital 
Markets Ltd (all quoted on the Israeli Tel Aviv Stock Exchange). Chairman 
or Director of a number of other private companies. Previously Executive 
Chairman of Telit Communications plc, having led its flotation on the London 
AIM market in 2005. Appointed to the Audit Committee on 20 October 2016.

Joined the Group in 2006. A qualified solicitor. Served as interim Company 
Secretary from April to July 2008. Appointed Group General Counsel in 
2009, a role retained upon being appointed Company Secretary in  
May 2013.

The directors submit to the 
shareholders their report, the audited 
consolidated financial statements 
of the Group, and such audited 
financial statements of Photo-Me 
International plc as required by law 
for the year ended 30 April 2017.

The Corporate Governance Statement and the 
Corporate Responsibility Statement should be read as 
forming part of this report. In this document, references 
to “The Group”, “The Company”, “we”, or “our”, refer 
to Photo-Me International plc, its subsidiary companies 
and, where applicable, its associated undertakings, or 
any of them as the context may require.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group continue to be the 
operation, sale and servicing of a wide range of instant-
service equipment. The Group operates coin-operated 
automatic photobooths for identification and fun purposes, 
and a diverse range of vending equipment, including 
digital photo kiosks, amusement machines, business service 
equipment and laundry machines.

The Company’s subsidiary and associated undertakings are 
shown on pages 120 to 121.

Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out in the Group Statement of 
Comprehensive Income on page 61.

The directors recommend a final dividend of 3.94p per 
ordinary share which, if approved at the Annual General 
Meeting (AGM) on 25 October 2017, will be paid on 10 
November 2017 to shareholders listed on the register at the 
close of business on 13 October  2017. The ex-dividend 
date will be 12 October 2017. This, together with the interim 
dividend of 3.09p per ordinary share paid on 11 May 2017, 
makes a total dividend for the year of 7.03p per  
ordinary share.

Review of business and future developments
The Strategic Report describes the activities of the business 
during the financial year, recent events (including any 
important events affecting the Group which have occurred 
since the financial year end), and gives an indication of likely 
future developments in the Group’s business. A discussion 
of the key risks facing the Group and an analysis of key 
performance indicators are also provided in the Strategic 
Report. The Strategic Report also contains the Board’s Long-
term Viability Statement.

Research and developments
The Group is committed to its research and development 
programme to maintain its introduction of innovative 
products to the market. The expenditure incurred on the 
development of new products is shown in notes 4 and 11 
to the financial statements.

Employees
Information on the Company’s employment practices 
including its policy regarding applications for employment 
by persons with disabilities, for the continuing employment 
of employees who have developed disabilities, and the 
training, career development and promotion of persons with 
disabilities employed by the Company, as well as employee 
communication and involvement, is contained within the 
Corporate Responsibility Statement on pages 28 to 31 forming 
part of this report.

Corporate responsibility
A summary of the Company’s approach to corporate social 
responsibility and environmental matters, including a report 
on the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions for the financial 
year ended 30 April 2017, can be found in the Corporate 
Responsibility Statement on pages 28 to 31.

Board of directors and their interests
The current directors of the Company are: John Lewis 
(Chairman, member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees, and Chairman of the Nomination Committee); 
Serge Crasnianski (Chief Executive Officer and Deputy 
Chairman); Emmanuel Olympitis (Senior Independent Non-
executive Director, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
and a member of the Nomination and Audit Committees); 
Françoise Coutaz-Replan (Non-executive Director and 
a member of the Audit Committee); Jean-Marcel Denis 
(Chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committees); and Yitzhak 
Apeloig (Non-executive Director and member of the Audit 
Committee). Further details, together with a brief biography of 
each director, can be found on page 34. All directors served 
on the Board throughout the year under review.

In addition to the powers conferred on the directors by law, 
the Company’s Articles of Association also set out powers of 
the directors; under these powers, the directors may, subject to 
any statutory provision requiring prior shareholder approval, 
exercise all powers of the Company to borrow money, 
issue shares, appoint and remove directors and recommend 
dividends and pay interim dividends. A copy of the Articles of 
Association can be found on the Company’s website.

The director retiring by rotation and being put forward for  
re-appointment at the AGM this year is Mr John Lewis.

Details of the directors’ contracts, emoluments and interests in 
shares and share options are given in the Remuneration Report 
on pages 42 to 52.

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
The Company maintained directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance cover throughout the financial year. This insurance 
cover extends to directors and officers of subsidiary 
undertakings and remains in force.

Article 191 of the Company’s Articles of Association 
allows the indemnification of directors of the Company and 
associated companies and of directors of a company that is 
the trustee of an occupational pension scheme for employees 
of the Company or an associated company against liability 
incurred by them in certain situations, and would, if granted, 
constitute a “qualifying indemnity provision” within the 
meaning of Section 236 (1) of the Companies Act 2006. No 
such indemnities have been granted.

35

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Report of Directors continued

Report of Directors continued

adequate resources to remain in operation for the foreseeable 
future. Accordingly, the directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Report of the Directors confirm that: so far as they are each 
aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditor (KPMG LLP) is unaware; and each director 
has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a 
director to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

Auditor
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, 
a resolution for the re-appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor of 
the Group is to be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s AGM this year will be held at 2.00 p.m.  
on Wednesday 25 October 2017 at the offices of Hudson 
Sandler LLP, 29 Cloth Fair, London, EC1A 7NN.

Notice of the AGM is sent to all shareholders of the Company, 
as well as to persons nominated by a shareholder of the 
Company to enjoy information rights. The Notice convening 
the meeting provides full details of all the resolutions to 
be proposed, together with explanatory notes for both the 
ordinary and special business. Copies of this Annual Report 
are sent only to shareholders who have requested or request 
a copy.

By order of the Board

Del Mansi
Company Secretary

27 June 2017

Substantial shareholders
As at 26 June 2017, the Company has been notified of 
the following disclosable interests in the ordinary shares of 
the Company:

in the capital of the Company other than certain restrictions 
which may from time to time be imposed by law, for example, 
insider trading law. In accordance with the Listing Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority, certain employees are required to 
seek the approval of the Company to deal in its shares.

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

84,610,701

% of 
total 
voting 
rights

Nature 
of 
holding

22.47 * Direct/
indirect

Serge Crasnianski
(director)

Schroders plc

52,766,600

13.97

Indirect

Dan David 
Foundation

FIL Limited

45,579,318

12.11

Direct

31,343,390

8.32

Indirect

*Except for 63,750 ordinary shares held in his own name, the interest 
in which is direct, the remaining shares are registered in the name of 
Tibergest S.A., and Mr Crasnianski’s interest in those remaining shares 
is indirect.

Except for the above, the Company has not been advised of 
any shareholders with interests of 3% or more in the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company as at such date.

Share capital
The issued share capital of the Company, plus details of the 
movements in the Company’s issued share capital during the 
year, is shown in note 20 to the financial statements. Each 
ordinary share of the Company carries one vote at general 
meetings of the Company.

Authority to purchase shares
Pursuant to a resolution passed at its 2016 AGM, the Company 
is authorised to purchase its own shares in the market. The 
Company will seek approval at the 2017 AGM to renew the 
authority for the Company to make market purchases of up to 
10% of its own ordinary shares at a maximum price per share 
of not more than the higher of: (a) an amount which is not 
more than 5% above the average of the closing middle market 
quotations for an ordinary share (derived from the London 
Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for the five business days 
immediately before the date on which that ordinary share is 
contracted to be purchased, or (b) the higher of the price of the 
last independent trade or the highest current independent bid 
on the London Stock Exchange as stipulated by the Regulatory 
Technical Standards adopted by the European Commission 
under Article 5 (6) of the EU Market Abuse Regulation 2014. 
This authority will expire on the earlier of 18 months from the 
passing of the relevant special resolution or the conclusion of 
the following AGM. The Company made no repurchases of 
shares in the year ended 30 April 2017.

Additional information
Where not provided elsewhere in the Report of the Directors, 
the following provides the additional information required to be 
disclosed in the Report of the Directors.

The structure of the Company’s share capital including the 
rights and obligations attaching to the shares is set out within 
note 20 to the financial statements.

No person holds securities carrying special rights with regards 
to control of the Company.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares 

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company, 
every holder of ordinary shares entitled to vote and who is 
present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and on a 
poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled 
to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share held 
(except as otherwise stated in Article 81 of the Company’s 
Articles of Association). Any notice of general meeting issued 
by the Company will specify deadlines for exercising voting 
rights and in appointing a proxy or proxies in relation to 
resolutions to be passed at the general meeting. All proxy votes 
are counted and the numbers for, against or withheld in relation 
to each resolution are announced at the general meeting and 
published on the Company’s website after the meeting. 
Proxy appointments and voting instructions must be received 
by the Company’s registrars not less than 48 hours before a 
general meeting.

Under its Articles of Association, unless the Board otherwise 
determines, no member shall be entitled to vote in respect of 
any share unless all calls or other sums presently payable by 
them in respect of that share shall have been paid.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of 
shares or on voting rights.

The rules governing the appointment of directors are set out in 
the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 38 to 41.

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended 
by a special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders.

The Company is party to a number of agreements with site 
owners (such as major supermarket chains) which could be 
terminable by the site owners following a change of control of 
the Company.

There are no agreements between the Company and its 
directors or employees which provide for compensation for 
loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, 
purported redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a 
takeover bid.

The Company is not aware of any contractual or other 
agreements which are essential to its business which ought to 
be disclosed in this Report of the Directors.

Related-party transactions
Details of related-party transactions are set out in note 28 to the 
financial statements.

Financial instruments
Details of the financial risk management objectives and policies 
of the Group and exposure of the Group to foreign exchange 
risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk are given in note 15 to 
the financial statements.

Political donations
No member of the Group made any political donations during 
the year ended 30 April 2017.

Going concern
Having reviewed forecasts, cash flow, financial resources 
and financing arrangements and after making enquiries, the 
directors consider that the Company and the Group have 

36

37

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Corporate Governance

Corporate Governance continued

Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code
The Financial Conduct Authority requires listed companies 
incorporated in the United Kingdom to include in their annual 
financial report (i) a statement of how they have applied the 
main principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”) and (ii) a statement as to whether they have 
complied throughout the accounting period with all relevant 
provisions set out in the Code. The directors consider that the 
Company has, throughout the year ended 30 April 2017, 
complied with those provisions of the September 2014 edition 
of the Code that are applicable to it. The Code and associated 
guidance are available on the Financial Reporting Council 
website at  https://www.frc.org.uk/Our-Work/Corporate-
Governance-Reporting/Corporate-governance/UK-Corporate-
Governance-Code/Consultations-and-Revisions-to-the-UK-
Corporate-G.aspx

Explanations of how the principles have been applied and the 
provisions complied with are set out below.

The Group’s business model and strategy
The Group’s business model and strategy are summarised on 
pages 6 to 11, and describe, amongst other things, how the 
Company generates and preserves value over the longer term 
and the strategy for delivering the objectives of the Company.

The Board

BOARD COMPOSITION

Throughout the year under review, the Board comprised the 
same six directors, being the Non-executive Chairman, the 
Chief Executive Officer, and four non-executive directors, 
three of whom the Board considers to be independent, namely 
Emmanuel Olympitis, Jean-Marcel Denis and Yitzhak Apeloig, 
and one whom the Board considers to be non-independent 
because of her previous employment by the Company, namely 
Françoise Coutaz-Replan. Ms Coutaz-Replan resigned as an 
employee of the Group in August 2015.

THE CHAIRMAN

The Chairman has the overall responsibility for managing the 
Board. The Chief Executive Officer has responsibilities for 
strategy, operations and results. Clear division of responsibility 
exists such that no one individual or group of individuals can 
dominate the Board’s decision-making process. Throughout the 
year under review, John Lewis served as Chairman and Serge 
Crasnianski served as Chief Executive Officer and Deputy 
Chairman.

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The Board structure has complied with the Code provision 
that, as a “smaller company” (as defined by the Code), the 
Company has three independent non-executive directors 
excluding the Chairman.

On his appointment in March 2012, the Nomination 
Committee took the view (out of caution) that because of Mr 
Apeloig’s then current and previous business relationships 
with the Dan David Foundation and Mr Philippe Wahl, both 
of whom either directly or indirectly were major shareholders 
in the Company, he should not be considered as independent 
(the Dan David Foundation remains a major shareholder). 
These relationships of Mr Apeloig were indirect through his 
association with other entities.

This view was reached even though (i) Mr Apeloig held no 
mandate from either of those shareholders, (ii) would not be 
representing them, and (iii) would not be reporting back to 
them (a state of affairs which has never changed throughout 
his tenure of office as a director of the Company). Since Mr 
Apeloig’s appointment, the Group has transacted business with 
one entity of which Mr Apeloig is a director, and in which the 
Dan David Foundation and Mr Philippe Wahl have ownership 
interests, namely Fomat Limited, a company incorporated in 
Israel. The business which Fomat Limited transacted with the 
Group has been minimal (the total value of such business 
transactions for the financial years ended 30 April 2013 and 
2014 was £23,098 and £17 respectively, and £nil for each of 
the financial years ended 30 April 2015, 2016 and 2017).

Accordingly, given the above the Nomination Committee 
reassessed Mr Apeloig’s status in 2015 and concluded that he 
should be considered as being an independent Non-executive 
director. The Committee keeps the situation under observation 
in case of any change but it is not expecting any such change.

THE SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Emmanuel Olympitis has served as the Company’s Senior 
Independent Non-executive Director throughout the period.

If a new director were to be appointed, the Board would 
ordinarily appoint someone who it believes has sufficient 
knowledge and experience to fulfil the duties of a director. If 
this were not the case, an appropriate training course would be 
provided. An appropriate induction programme is undertaken 
for all newly-appointed directors. All directors have access 
to the advice and services of the Company Secretary. Any 
director wishing to do so in furtherance of his or her duties, 
may take independent advice at the Company’s expense. 
All directors are required to stand for re-election every three 
years and newly appointed directors are subject to election 
by shareholders at the first Annual General Meeting after their 
appointment.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

During the year, directors completed questionnaires in respect 
of their interests. The Board will continue to monitor and review 
actual or potential conflicts of interest on a regular basis and 
will consider whether or not it is appropriate to authorise any 
such conflicts.

BOARD EVALUATION

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman review the 
performance of other Executive Directors. The Chairman 
reviews the performance of the Chief Executive and each 
Non-executive Director. The non-executive directors, led by 
the Senior Independent Non-executive Director, evaluate the 
performance of the Chairman taking into account the views of 
the Executive Directors. During the year, the Chairman met with 
the non-executive directors without the executive directors being 
present.

An internal process to assess the effectiveness of the Board was 
undertaken during the year, consisting of a confidential survey. 
Areas that were identified in which there was considered to be 
room for improvement, will be addressed by the Board during 
the current year.

The Board had five meetings during the year under review.
The attendance of directors at those meetings and meetings of 
Board Committees is set out below.

Number of meetings held

J Lewis

S Crasnianski

Y Apeloig

F Coutaz-Replan

J-M Denis

E Olympitis

Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

5

5 (5)

5 (5)

5 (5)

5 (5)

5 (5)

5 (5)

5

5 (5)

n/a

3(5)*

3(5)*

5 (5)

5 (5)

3

3 (3)

n/a

n/a

n/a

3 (3)

3 (3)

0

0 (0)

n/a

n/a

n/a

0 (0)

0 (0)

* Mr Apeloig and Ms Coutaz-Replan attended all the meetings that were held after their appointment to the Audit Committee.

OPERATION OF THE BOARD

The Board is normally scheduled to meet four or five times 
a year, with ad hoc meetings convened to deal with urgent 
matters. The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved 
to it for decision. These include approval of the financial 
statements, dividend policy, major acquisitions and disposals 
and other transactions outside delegated limits, significant 
changes in accounting policies, the constitution of Board 
Committees, risk management and corporate governance 
policy.

The Board has delegated various matters to Committees, as 
detailed below. These Committees of the Board meet regularly 
(the Nomination Committee meets as required) and deal 
with specific aspects of the management of the Company. 
The Board has delegated authority to the Committees and 
they have defined terms of reference which are available 
on the Company’s website (www.photo-me.com). Decision 
making relating to operational matters is delegated to senior 
management.

Board and Committee papers are circulated in advance 
of each meeting and are supplemented by reports and 
presentations to ensure that Board members are kept 
fully informed.

Board Committees

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Meetings are normally held at least twice a year. Five 
meetings were held during the year under review. Other 
directors together with the Chief Financial Officer and 
representatives of the external auditor are generally invited to 
attend meetings, as is the Group’s internal auditor  
when required. 

External auditor

The Audit Committee meets with the external auditor, 
without executive directors present, at least once a year. 
On behalf of the Board, the Committee reviews the Group’s 
accounting and financial reporting practices, the reports of 
the internal auditor and external auditor, and compliance 
with policies, procedures and applicable legislation. In 
addition, the Committee monitors the effectiveness of both 
the external and internal audit functions and reviews the 
Group’s internal financial control systems and reporting 
processes, and risk management procedures. The Committee 
considers the appointment of the external auditor and makes a 
recommendation on the audit fee to the Board; it assesses the 
effectiveness of the external auditor by means of an internal 
review process assisted by a confidential questionnaire; it sets 
a policy for safeguarding the independence of the external 
auditor and reviews the external auditor’s work outside of 
the audit itself, taking into account the nature of the work, the 
size of the fees and whether it is appropriate for the external 
auditor to carry out such work. Details of audit and non-audit 
fees are provided in note 4 to the financial statements.

The Audit Committee consists entirely of non-executive 
directors. For the whole of the year under review, Jean-Marcel 
Denis (Committee Chairman), Emmanuel Olympitis (Senior 
Independent Director) and John Lewis (Chairman of the Board) 
served on the Committee; Françoise Coutaz-Replan (the 
Group’s former Finance Director) and Yitzhak Apeloig, who 
is a qualified accountant, were appointed to the committee 
on 20 October 2016. The composition of the Committee was 
compliant with the Code, which permits a smaller company’s 
Chairman to be a member of the Audit Committee providing 
he was considered independent on appointment as Chairman. 
The Board considers that Emmanuel Olympitis, Jean-Marcel 
Denis, Françoise Coutaz-Replan and Yitzhak Apeloig have 
suitable recent and relevant financial experience to satisfy the 
requirements of the Code.

KPMG LLP has been the external auditor of the Group since 
the Annual General Meeting in September 2013. The Audit 
Committee is satisfied with the effectiveness, objectivity 
and independence of the external auditor. Accordingly, a 
resolution will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting for KPMG LLP’s re-election as auditor for the coming 
year. From the year ended 30 April 2009 until the Annual 
General Meeting in September 2013, KPMG Audit plc was 
auditor, having been selected as a result of a competitive 
tender in 2008. The Board is committed to putting the audit 
contract out to tender at least once every ten years.  
It conducted a tender process for the external audit role in 
2016 in which it invited four firms (including KPMG LLP) to 
tender for the role of external auditor; KPMG LLP was the 
successful tenderer.   

38

39

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017(ii)  review and, where appropriate, challenge on  
  matters including: the consistency of, and any  

changes to, significant accounting policies and  
practices during the year; significant adjustments  
arising as a result of the external audit; the going  
concern assumption; and the Company’s statement  
on internal control systems, before endorsement by  
the Board.

The above process, together with the review by the Audit 
Committee of a comprehensive note that sets out the details of 
the preparation, internal verification and approval process for 
the Annual Report and Accounts, provide comfort to the Board 
that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are 
fair, balanced and understandable, and give the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Corporate Governance continued

Corporate Governance continued

Key matters considered

During the last financial year, the Committee conducted a 
tender of the external audit function as described above. It also 
met to review the results of the external audit for the previous 
financial year, the external auditor’s half-year review and the 
audit plan for the audit for the year ended 30 April 2017. In 
June 2017, the Committee met to review this annual report  
and to receive the external auditor’s update and report on its 
audit activity.

The Committee’s primary areas of focus have been:

• 

• 

• 

the integrity, completeness and consistency of financial 
reporting, including the adequacy, clarity and 
appropriateness of disclosures;

the areas where significant judgments and estimates are 
required in the financial statements;

the scope and programme of audits, along with the 
quality and effectiveness of audit processes so that they 
complement the other risk management activities within 
the Group;

• 

the materiality level to apply to the audit; and

•  whether the going-concern basis of accounting should 
continue to apply in the preparation of the annual 
financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements requires management 
to make assumptions, judgments and estimates which are 
detailed in note 1 to the financial statements. The key areas 
of assumptions, judgments and estimates that have been 
monitored and considered by the Committee were:

•  The carrying value of the GBP denominated goodwill 
in connection with the Japanese subsidiary and the 
potential impairment of this asset.

How this was addressed: the determination of whether or not 
goodwill has to be impaired requires a review of the value in 
use of the asset. The main judgments in relation to the review 
were considered to be the achievability of the budget, the 
discount rate being applied to projected future cash flows and 
the potential impact of the volatility of the Japanese yen. The 
calculation of the value in use was undertaken in April 2017 
and the Committee considered the conclusions and sensitivity 
calculations that had been undertaken as part of the review.

•  The carrying value of operating equipment and the 

potential impairment of these assets.

How this was addressed: The Committee reviewed the 
assumptions made for the assessment of future discounted cash 
flows of the operating assets per country and per category. The 
review included the discount rate applied, the achievability of 
the forecasts as compared with the past performance, as well 
as the impact of external changes in markets or regulations.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are available on the 
Company’s website.

The Remuneration Committee
During the year under review, the Remuneration Committee 
comprised Emmanuel Olympitis (Committee Chairman), 
Jean-Marcel Denis (Chairman of the Audit Committee) and 
John Lewis (Chairman of the Board). Thus, the composition 
of the Committee was compliant with the provisions of the 
Code which require the Remuneration Committee of a smaller 
company to comprise at least two independent non-executive 
directors with the Chairman of the Board additionally being 
permitted to serve as a member providing that he was 
considered independent on his appointment as Chairman.

The Committee meets at least once per year. Three meetings 
were held in the year ended 30 April 2017.

The Committee makes recommendations to the full Board in 
respect of the Group’s remuneration policy. The Committee 
also keeps under review the remuneration of the Chairman, 
the Group’s Executive directors and senior executives, to 
ensure that they are rewarded fairly for their contribution. 
The Committee also makes awards under the Executive Share 
Option Scheme. The Committee’s Terms of Reference are 
available on the Company’s website.

The Remuneration Report on pages 42 to 52 provides details 
of how the Committee applies the directors’ remuneration 
principles of the Code.

The Nomination Committee
During the year under review, the Nomination Committee 
comprised John Lewis (Committee Chairman), Emmanuel 
Olympitis and Jean-Marcel Denis. Thus the composition of the 
Committee was compliant with the applicable provision of the 
Code which requires the Nomination Committee of a smaller 
company to have a majority of independent Non-executive 
Directors with the Chairman of the Board additionally being 
permitted to serve on the Committee as a member or as 
Chairman.

The Committee, which meets as required, makes 
recommendations to the Board on the appointment of new 
directors. The Committee had several discussion sessions during 
the year ended 30 April 2017, but as no new candidates were 
considered for appointment to the Board during that period, the 
Committee held no formal meetings.

The Nomination Committee is committed to the pursuit of 
diversity, including gender diversity, throughout the business. 
Appointments to the Board are made on merit, against 
objective criteria and with due regard for the benefits of 
diversity on the Board, including gender diversity. The 
Nomination Committee does not commit to any specific targets. 
The Group’s Diversity Policy also recognises the benefits of 
diversity. The Nomination Committee will also ensure that its 
development in this area is consistent with the Group’s current 
and future requirements, enhances Board effectiveness and 
reflects the Company’s UK listing and the international activity 
of the Group.

Shareholder communication and engagement
The Chief Executive Officer has regular meetings with the 
Company’s major institutional shareholders to help ensure, 
amongst other things, that the Board develops an understanding 
of the views of major shareholders about the Company and the 
Group.

The Chairman also meets with major shareholders and 
has contact with them, as and when required. The Senior 
Independent Non-executive Director and, where appropriate, 
other Non-executive Directors, are also made available to meet 
with major shareholders on request. Any pertinent feedback 
arising from such meetings is reported to the Board at its 
regular meetings and/or by correspondence or dialogue.

Private investors are encouraged to attend the Annual General 
Meeting and have the opportunity to question the Board. All 
members of the Board usually attend the Annual General 
Meeting. The notice of the meeting is sent to shareholders at 
least 20 working days before the meeting. Shareholders are 
given the opportunity to vote on each separate issue. The 
number of proxy votes lodged is given at the meeting after the 
vote on a show of hands for each resolution and is published 
on the Company’s website after the meeting.

Accountability and internal control
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s systems 
of internal control and risk management, and for reviewing 
their effectiveness. This is effected by receiving reports from 
the Audit Committee following its review. The Board confirms 
that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the systems of internal 
control and risk management for the year under review. The 
Board is satisfied generally that such systems have operated 
adequately throughout the period.

The system of internal control is designed to manage, 
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. Such a system can, however, provide only 
reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

The Group has in place processes for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the significant risks which are applicable to the 
business. The Board regularly reviews these processes.

The Chief Executive Officer is ultimately responsible for 
risk management. Executive managers of individual Group 
companies are responsible for the identification, evaluation 
and management of the key risks applicable to their areas of 
responsibility. The risks are assessed on a regular basis.

The managers of Group companies are aware of their 
responsibility to operate systems of internal control which are 
effective and efficient for their businesses, to provide reliable 
financial information and to ensure compliance with local laws 
and regulations.

The Group has a comprehensive budgeting system with an 
annual budget approved by the Board. Actual results are 
reported monthly through the Group’s financial systems, and 
variances are reviewed. The Audit Committee receives reports 
from the internal auditor and from the external auditor and 
reports its conclusions to the Board.

A whistle-blowing procedure by which staff may raise 
concerns about possible improprieties in matters of financial 
reporting or other matters was in place throughout the year. 
The Whistle Blowing Policy can be found on the Company’s 
website.

Internal  control  and  risk  management  in  relation  to  the 
financial reporting process
The Group has a thorough assurance process in place in 
respect of the preparation, verification and approval of 
periodic financial reports.

This process includes:

• 

the involvement of qualified, professional employees 
with an appropriate level of experience (both in Group 
finance and throughout the business);

• 

formal sign-offs from appropriate business segment 
managing directors and finance directors;

•  comprehensive review and, where appropriate, 
challenge from key internal Group functions;

•  a transparent process to ensure full disclosure of 

information to the external auditor;

•  engagement of a professional and experienced firm as 

external auditor;

•  oversight by the Audit Committee, involving (amongst 

other duties):

(i)  a detailed review of key financial reporting  
judgments which have been discussed by    

  management;

40

41

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report
ANNUAL STATEMENT

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year 
ended 30 April 2017, which has 
been prepared by the Remuneration 
Committee ("the Committee") and 
approved by the Board.

This report has been prepared in line with the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 (as amended). 

The report is divided into three sections:

• 

• 

• 

 This Annual Statement, which summarises 
remuneration outcomes in 2016/17 and provides 
details of the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy which 
will be submitted for approval at the annual general 
meeting ("AGM") for 2017.

 The Remuneration Policy Report, which 
details the Company’s policy on the remuneration 
of executive and non-executive directors. As the 
original remuneration policy, which was approved 
by shareholders at the 2014 AGM and amended last 
year, is nearing the end of its three-year shareholder-
approved life, we will ask shareholders to approve a 
new policy at the 2017 AGM.

 The Annual Report on Remuneration, 
which discloses details of the Committee, how the 
remuneration policy was implemented in the year 
ended 30 April 2017, and how the policy will operate 
for the year ending 30 April 2018.

The Annual Statement and Annual Report on Remuneration 
will be subject to an advisory vote at the forthcoming 2017 
AGM whilst the Remuneration Policy Report will be subject to 
a binding vote.

Remuneration outcomes in 2016/17
For the year under review, the Committee considers the 
remuneration of the executive director to reflect both the 
performance of the Group and his individual performance.  
As pre-tax profit exceeded the prior year adjusted pre-tax 
profit by more than 10%, a bonus of 150% of salary is 
payable to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”).  The CEO 
does not hold any unvested share option awards.

Policy Renewal at the 2017 AGM
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the 2014 AGM and, while a number of 
changes were made to the policy at the 2016 AGM with 
shareholder approval (i.e. amending the CEO’s annual bonus 
potential, increasing shareholding guidelines and introducing 
post-vesting holding periods), the Committee has carried  
out a more fundamental review of the policy ahead of the 
2017 AGM.

When reviewing the policy, the Committee considered a 
number of factors, including:

• 

 The appropriateness of Photo-Me’s pay for 
performance outcomes since the current remuneration 
policy was approved by shareholders in 2014;

• 

 The recent output from the Executive Remuneration 
Working Group, the Government’s Green Paper on 

corporate governance reform, shareholder investor 
bodies and individual investors’ updated voting 
guidance;

• 

 The changes made to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
last year (as noted above), including feedback received 
from investors during the consultation exercise;

• 

 Pay and employment conditions in the wider workforce.

The main conclusion in respect of the Committee’s review was 
that the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy (i.e. as originally 
approved in 2014 and amended in 2016), remains fit for 
purpose and no material amendments should be made at  
the present time. The Committee will therefore seek shareholder 
approval to “roll over” the existing policy, as presented  
in the Remuneration Policy Report overleaf. That said,  
reflecting best practice, the new policy now contains caps on 
executive directors’ base salaries, benefits, and non-executive 
directors’ fees. 

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for 2017/18
Whilst the Committee does not intend to make material changes 
to the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the Committee 
proposes to make the following two alterations to the 
implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the year ending 
30 April 2018:

• 

 Following a review of the CEO’s  base salary, the 
Committee awarded an inflationary increase of 3% from 
1 May 2017. 

•  The CEO’s annual bonus will continue to be structured 

to incentivise year-on-year profit growth with the 
maximum annual potential maintained at 150% of 
salary. However, rather than an automatic “start to 
earn” of 75% of salary payable for equalling or 
exceeding the prior year’s Group pre-tax profit (which 
the Committee now considers would be too high under 
normal circumstances), the Committee will determine 
the annual bonus payable where year-on-year pre-tax 
profit growth is between 0% and 5% on the prior year. 
This determination will consider both the quality and 
sustainability of the profit delivered. 

In addition, for the 2017/18 financial year, the base fees of the 
Chairman of the Board and Non-executive Directors have been 
increased by 10%. This represents the first increase for Non-
executive Directors since 2013, and the first increase for  
the Chairman and the senior independent director since 2010, 
and brings the fees more into line with those of similar  
sized companies.

Whilst both of the changes above are permitted under the current 
shareholder-approved policy, major shareholders were consulted 
in advance of the changes being made.  

Shareholder engagement
The Committee continues to take an active interest in shareholder 
views on our executive Remuneration Policy and is mindful of the 
concerns of shareholders and other stakeholders. This is reflected 
in the Company’s voting results at the 2016 AGM, where both 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report and Remuneration Policy 
resolutions were supported by significant majorities.

In conclusion, the Committee is of the view that our Remuneration 
Policy continues to be appropriately aligned with the Company’s 
strategic objectives of delivering shareholder value and 
supporting the long-term success of the Company.

Yours faithfully,

Emmanuel Olympitis
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

27 June 2017

Remuneration Report continued
REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT

This part of the Directors' 
Remuneration Report sets out the 
new remuneration policy for which 
shareholder approval will be sought 
at the forthcoming AGM.

If shareholder approval for this new policy is obtained, it will 
replace the policy currently in existence, with it being intended 
that this new policy will apply from its adoption at the 2017 
AGM until the 2020 AGM. As set out in the Committee 
Chairman's introductory letter, no material changes are to be 
made to the existing policy, such key changes that are to be 
made being explained in that letter.

The Committee’s remuneration policy for the executive directors 
is to have regard to the directors’ experience and the nature 
and complexity of their work in order to provide a competitive 
remuneration package that attracts, retains and motivates 
high-calibre executives from whom first-class performance 
is expected. The Remuneration Policy is also intended to be 
consistent with the Company’s business objectives, risk profile, 
and shareholder interests.

In order to align the interests of shareholders and executive 
directors, a significant proportion of the remuneration of 
executive directors is performance-related through an annual 
bonus plan and the grant of share options.

The Committee will ensure that the incentive structures for 
executive directors and senior managers will not raise 
environmental, social or governance (“ESG”) risks by 
inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour. More 
generally, with regard to overall remuneration structures, there 
is no restriction on the Committee which prevents it from taking 
into account ESG matters, nor do these remuneration structures 
encourage inappropriate operational risk-taking.

The remuneration packages of the executive directors can 
comprise the following main elements:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

 Base salary
 Annual bonus
 Share options
 Pensions
 Other benefits

Remuneration scenarios for executive directors
The chart below shows how the composition of the CEO’s 
remuneration package varies at three performance levels: 
at minimum (i.e. fixed pay), target, and maximum levels, 
under the policy set out in the table below.

Value of remuneration package at different levels of performance

£'000

Salary

Benefits

Pension contribution

Target bonus

Maximum bonus

CEO

£557

£65

£84

£418

£836

£'000

Minimum On-target Maximum

Basic salary, 
benefits & 
pension

Bonus

Total

£706

£706

£706

0

£418

£836

£706

£1,124

£1,542

Summary remuneration policy table
The table below summarises the remuneration policy for directors:

Element

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Salary1

Reflects the value of the 
individual and their role

Normally reviewed 
annually, effective 1 May

Reflects skills and 
experience over time

Normally paid in cash; 
pensionable

Provides an appropriate 
level of basic fixed income 
avoiding excessive risk 
arising from over reliance 
on variable income 

Comparison against 
companies with similar 
characteristics and 
comparators taken into 
account in review

Benefits

Provides insured benefits 
to support the individual 
and their family during 
periods of ill health or 
death

Gives allowances to 
support individuals in their 
relevant roles

Includes company car, 
private medical insurance, 
and may include an 
overseas housing 
allowance for a director 
working outside of his 
or her country of normal 
residence

Other benefits may be 
offered where appropriate

The Committee is guided by the 
requirements of the Company 
and prevailing market levels. 
However, no executive director 
will receive a base salary 
increase in excess of 10% p.a., 
except to reflect the fact that 
their salary was set at a lower 
level initially with the intention 
that the salary be increased to 
a more market-reflective level as 
the individual gains experience 
(subject to performance)

Benefits will not normally be 
provided with a value per 
executive director in excess of 
£75,000 p.a.

Performance 
measures

 N/A 

N/A

42

43

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Remuneration Report continued
REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT continued

Remuneration Report continued
REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT continued

Element

Annual 
bonus

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Incentivises 
delivery of 
specific Company, 
divisional and 
personal annual 
goals

Maximum bonus 
only payable 
for achieving 
specified targets

Pension

Provides 
competitive 
retirement benefits

Executive 
Share 
Option 
Scheme 
(“ESOS”)

Aligns executive 
directors’ interests 
with those of 
shareholders

Retention

Share 
ownership 
guidelines

Provides alignment 
of interests 
between executive 
directors and 
shareholders

Non-
executive 
directors

Provides fees 
reflecting time 
commitments and 
responsibilities, 
in line with those 
provided by 
similarly sized 
companies

Operation

Maximum

Normally payable in cash

Up to 150% of base salary p.a.

Non-pensionable

Committee has the discretion 
to defer up to 50% of the 
bonus in shares for 3 years

Performance 
measures

Performance is assessed 
on an annual basis, based 
on the achievement of 
objectives relating to 
financial performance, 
progress of strategic 
priorities and/or personal 
targets.  The specific 
measures used in the 
bonus and their weighting 
may vary each year 
depending on business 
context and strategy

Clawback provisions are 
operated

Defined contribution

Up to 15% of base salary p.a.

N/A

Executive directors may 
be offered cash in lieu of 
pension

Annual awards of market 
value options may be granted

The Committee reviews the 
quantum of awards annually 
and monitors the continuing 
suitability of the performance 
measures

Executive directors are 
required to build and 
maintain a shareholding 
equivalent to at least two 
years’ base salary through 
the retention of 50% of 
the net-of-tax vested share 
awards or through open-
market purchases

Cash fee paid on a monthly 
basis

Fees are reviewed annually

Not entitled to participate in 
any Group pension scheme. 
No awards to be granted 
under the annual bonus or 
ESOS

No non-executive director 
receives any benefits in 
kind (other than in respect 
of the expenses relating 
to the performance of that 
individual’s duties, such 
as travel to/from Board 
meetings)

Up to 150% of base salary p.a.

The Remuneration 
Committee may set such 
performance conditions 
on awards as it considers 
appropriate (whether 
financial or non-financial, 
and whether corporate, 
divisional or individual)

Up to 25% of salary vests 
at threshold increasing to 
150% vesting at maximum

Clawback provisions are 
operated

At least 200% of base salary

N/A

N/A

The Committee is guided by 
market rates, time commitments 
and responsibility levels. 
However, aggregate annual 
fees will not exceed £750,000 
or such other figure as provided 
for in the Company’s Articles of 
Association from time to time

The Board may request that a 
non-executive director undertake 
services not within the normal 
scope of his/her role. Should 
this be the case in the future, 
a commercial rate would be 
paid and full disclosure would 
be provided in the relevant 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

1 Where considered appropriate, the Committee may allow the Company to pay salaries to a director and/or fees to a service company that 
   supplies a director’s services to the Company.

For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority was given to the Company to honour any commitments 
entered into with current or former directors (such as the payment of the prior year’s annual bonus or the vesting/exercise of share awards 
granted in the past). Details of any payments to former directors will be set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the relevant financial 
year. The policy will be binding except that the Committee may make changes only in so far as required to comply with new legal requirements.  
If material, such changes would be submitted to the subsequent shareholders’ meeting for approval.

Minimum On-target Maximum

Basic salary, 
benefits & pension

100%

Bonus

63%

37%

46%

54%

 The chart above is based on the following:

•  Salary level effective on 1 May 2017.
•  An approximate value of benefits for the financial year, 
using the figures for the year ended 30 April 2017. 

•  An annualised pension contribution and/or salary 

supplement (as a % of salary) for the year  to           
30 April 2017.

•  A maximum bonus of 150% of salary (with target 

assumed to be 50% of the maximum).

•  The CEO will not receive share option awards during 

the 2017/2018 financial year.

Choice of performance measures
The Committee has given careful consideration to the 
performance measures applicable to both the annual bonus 
and the 2014 Executive Share Option Scheme.

How shareholders’ views are taken into account
The Committee continues to take an active interest in 
shareholder views on our executive remuneration policy 
and is mindful of the concerns of shareholders and other 
stakeholders. This is reflected in our voting result at the 2016 
AGM, which showed over 91% in favour of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report resolution. Major shareholders and 
representative bodies were consulted in 2014 in respect of the 
2014 Executive Share Option Scheme described in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Approach to recruitment and promotions
The remuneration package for a new executive director 
would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s 
prevailing approved remuneration policy at the time of 
appointment and take into account the skills and experience 
of the individual, the market rate for a candidate of that 
experience, and the importance of securing the relevant 
individual.

Salary would be provided at such a level as required to attract 
the most appropriate candidate, and may be set initially at 
a below mid-market level on the basis that it may progress 
towards the mid-market level once expertise and performance 
have been proven and sustained. 

The choice of the performance metrics applicable to the 
annual bonus scheme reflects the Committee’s belief that any 
incentive compensation should be appropriately challenging, 
with the majority (or the entirety) linked to the achievement 
of profit-related targets. The Committee may also link a 
proportion of the annual bonus to strategic and/or personal 
objectives if it deems this appropriate with regard to the 
Company’s key objectives.

Consistent with Part 4 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013, which amended the Large and Medium-
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008, any caps contained within the policy 
for fixed pay do not apply to new recruits, although the 
Committee would not envisage exceeding these caps in 
practice unless absolutely necessary.

The earnings per share (EPS) performance condition 
applicable to the 2014 Executive Share Option Scheme was 
selected by the Committee on the basis that it incentivises 
the delivery of sustainable long-term financial performance 
and rewards management for growing the Company whilst 
retaining an appropriate profit margin. The use of share 
options retains a robust link between management and 
shareholders by incentivising management to deliver long-term 
growth in the Company’s share price. The Committee retains 
discretion over the use of other financial/share price-based 
performance metrics and the calculation of EPS in order to 
appropriately adjust for any material one-off items including 
(but not limited to) major acquisitions, changes in accounting 
policies, and major share issues.

The Committee operates the 2014 Executive Share Option 
Scheme in accordance with the scheme rules, the Listing Rules, 
and HMRC legislation. The Committee, consistent with market 
practice, retains discretion over a number of areas relating to 
the operation and administration of the plan.

How employees’ pay is taken into account
The Committee is aware of the general pay and conditions 
in the Group as a whole when determining the directors' 
remuneration policy and its implementation. However, 
reflecting standard practice, employees are not directly 
consulted in the formulation of the policy.

How the executive directors’ remuneration policy relates 
to the Group
The Remuneration Policy described above provides an 
overview of the structure that operates for most senior 
executives in the Group. Employees below executive level 
have a lower proportion of their total remuneration made up 
of incentive-based remuneration, with remuneration driven 
by market comparators and the impact of the role of the 
employee in question. Long-term incentives are reserved for 
those judged as having the greatest potential to influence the 
Group’s earnings’ growth and share-price performance.

The annual bonus potential would be limited to 150% of 
salary, and grants under the 2014 Executive Share Option 
Scheme would be limited to 150% of salary. In addition, the 
Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based 
elements to replace deferred or incentive pay forfeited by 
an executive leaving a previous employer. It would seek to 
ensure, where possible, that these awards would be consistent 
with awards forfeited, in terms of vesting periods, expected 
value and performance conditions.

For an internal executive director appointment, any variable 
pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be 
allowed to pay out according to its original terms.

For external and internal appointments, the Committee may 
agree that the Company will meet certain relocation and/or 
incidental expenses as appropriate.

Fee structure and quantum for non-executive director 
appointments will be based on the prevailing non-executive 
director fee policy.

Approach to leavers
No executive director has the benefit of provisions in his 
or her service contract for the payment of pre-determined 
compensation in the event of termination of employment. It has 
been the Committee’s general policy that the service contracts 
of executive directors (none of which is for a fixed term) should 
provide for termination of employment by giving notice or by 
making a payment of an amount equal to base salary (and 
in the case of the CEO, an additional amount equal to the 
cost of providing any benefits for the period of notice) in lieu 
of any unserved notice period. It is the Committee’s general 
policy that no executive director should be entitled to a notice 
period or payment on termination of employment in excess of 
the levels set out in his or her service contract. In determining 
amounts payable on termination, the Committee also 
considers, where it is able to do so, appropriate adjustments 
to take into account accelerated receipt and the executive 
director’s duty to mitigate his or her loss. An annual bonus 

44

45

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017 
Remuneration Report continued
REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT continued

of the Company during the non-executive director’s normal 
term of appointment, he or she will be entitled to compensation 
equal to three months’ fees, six months’ fees in the case of the 
Chairman. Relevant appointment letter and term dates of the 
non-executive directors are set out below:

Non-
executive 
director

Appointment 
letter date

Year 
of last 
election

Expected 
year of 
expiry of 
current  
item

John Lewis2

26/07/2010

2014

2017

Yitzhak 
Apeloig

Françoise 
Coutaz-Replan3

Jean-Marcel 
Denis

Emmanuel 
Olympitis

08/03/2012

2015

2018

27/08/2015

2015

2018

01/03/2012

2015

2018

11/11/2009

2016

2019

1 Mr Crasnianski’s contract is with Photo-Me Limited, a wholly 
   owned subsidiary of the Company.
2 First appointed to the Board on 3 July 2008.
3 First appointed to the Board as Group Finance Director on 
   24 September 2009, and resigned as an executive director on 
   27 August 2015.

External appointments
The Board may allow executive directors to accept appropriate 
outside commercial non-executive director appointments 
provided the aggregate commitment is compatible with their 
duties as executive directors. Whether or not the executive 
directors concerned may retain fees paid for these services 
will be considered on a case-by-case basis, and will be subject 
to approval by the Board. Details (if any) of non-executive 
directorships held by executive directors will be disclosed in the 
relevant Directors’ Remuneration Report.

may be payable with respect to the period of the financial year 
served although it will be pro-rated for time served and paid at 
the normal payout date.

The treatment of any share awards granted to an executive 
director will be determined based on the relevant scheme rules.

The default treatment under the 2004 Executive Share Option 
Scheme is that any outstanding awards or unexercised options 
lapse on cessation of employment. However, in certain 
prescribed circumstances (e.g. death, ill-health, disability, 
redundancy, or other circumstances at the discretion of the 
Committee), ‘good leaver’ status is applied. In this scenario, 
other than in the case of a retirement, any outstanding options 
will normally be exercisable on the date of cessation and 
remain exercisable for a period of six months (or 12 months in 
the case of death). On a retirement, options vest at the normal 
vesting date and remain exercisable for a period of six months.

The default treatment under the 2014 Executive Share Option 
Scheme is that any outstanding awards or unexercised options 
lapse on cessation of employment. However, in certain 
prescribed circumstances (e.g. death, injury, disability or other 
circumstances at the discretion of the Committee), ‘good leaver’ 
status can be applied at the discretion of the Committee or shall 
apply in relation to HMRC tax-favoured options as relevant. 
In this scenario, any outstanding options will normally be 
exercisable on the date of cessation and remain exercisable 
for a period of six months (or 12 months in the case of death). 
Alternatively, in the case of non-tax favoured options,  
the Committee has the discretion to determine that good 
leavers’ awards should continue to be exercisable based on 
the normal timetable.

The extent to which outstanding option awards become 
exercisable for good leavers will depend on the satisfaction of 
any applicable performance conditions (over a curtailed or full 
performance period as relevant). Time pro-rating of options will 
apply to good leavers’ awards unless the Committee determines 
that time pro-rating is inappropriate.

The Company has the power to enter into settlement 
agreements with directors and to pay compensation to settle 
potential legal claims. In addition, and consistent with market 
practice, in the event of the termination of an executive director, 
the Company may make a contribution towards that individual’s 
legal fees and fees for outplacement services as part of a 
negotiated settlement. Any such fees will be disclosed as part 
of the detail of termination arrangements.  For the avoidance of 
doubt, the policy does not include an explicit cap on the cost of 
termination payments.

Service contracts
Details of the executive director’s service contract are as 
follows:

Executive director

Date of 
contract

Notice 
period

Serge Crasnianski1

01/05/2010

12 months

All non-executive directors are appointed for specified terms 
subject to re-election at the AGM immediately following their 
appointment, and every three years thereafter. None of the non-
executive directors will ordinarily be entitled to compensation 
upon termination of their involvement with the Company. 
However, if a non-executive director should be removed as a 
result of a resolution duly proposed and resolved by members 

Remuneration Report continued
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for year ending 30 April 2018.

Base salary
The base salary for each executive director is reviewed annually by the Committee and the current applicable base salaries are 
as follows:

Executive director

Serge Crasnianski

1 May 2017
£

1 May 2016
£

557,114

540,887

%
Increase

3

Pension and benefits
Mr Crasnianski will continue to receive a pension contribution equal to 15% of base salary in the form of a salary supplement.

Benefits
Executive directors are entitled to a company car, private medical insurance and an accommodation allowance.

Annual bonus
The annual bonus will continue to be structured to incentivise year-on-year profit growth with a maximum annual amount 
set at 150% of salary. In the previous year, an automatic “start to earn” of 75% of salary was payable for equalling or 
exceeding the prior year’s Group pre-tax profit by 5% or more. The  Committee now considers this would be too high under 
normal circumstances, so the Committee will determine the annual bonus payable where year-on-year pre-tax profit growth 
is between 0% and 5% compared to the prior year. This determination will consider both the quality and sustainability of the 
profit delivered. The targets operated for the year ended 30 April 2017 and the targets for the year ending 30 April 2018 are 
therefore as follows:

2017/18 Annual Bonus
(% of salary)

2016/17 Annual Bonus
(% of salary)

Group pre-tax profit is less than the prior year*

0%*

Group pre-tax profit is between 100% and 105% of 
the prior year 

Group pre-tax profit is 5% higher, but less than 10% higher 
than that of the prior year

Group pre-tax profit is 10% or above that of the prior year

Committee discretion 
to determine a bonus 
depending on year-on-
year profit growth 

100%

150%

*Any bonus for this level of performance would be entirely at the Committee’s discretion

Long-term incentives
No options will be granted to the CEO under the 2014 Executive Share Option Scheme this year. 

0%*

75%

100%

150%

Non-executive directors
The fees for non-executive directors are reviewed at least every three years and the current applicable fee levels for the roles 
below are as follows:

Non-executive director

Role

Committee Chairman

John Lewis

Chairman

Emmanuel Olympitis

Senior Independent 
Director

Chair of Nomination 
Committee

Chair of Remuneration 
Committee

Françoise Coutaz-Replan

Non-executive Director

–

Jean-Marcel Denis

Non-executive Director

Chair of Audit Committee

Yitzhak Apeloig

Non-executive Director 

–

1 May 2017
£

1 May 2016
£

132,000

120,000

55,000

50,000

44,000

49,500

44,000

40,000

45,000

40,000

46

47

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Remuneration Report continued
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Remuneration Report continued
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Single Total Figure of Remuneration*
The detailed emoluments received by the executive and non-executive directors for the year ended 30 April 2017 are shown 
below. No payments were made for loss of office, and no payments were made to past directors.

Salary/
Fees
£

Year

Benefits1
£

Bonus2
£

Long-Term 
Incentives3
£

Pension4
£

Total
£

Executive director

Executive Share Option Scheme (ESOS)
The ESOS awards granted to Françoise Coutaz-Replan on 10 July 2014 completed their performance period on 30 April 
2017 and accordingly have been included in the 2017 single total figure of remuneration. These awards are fully based on 
performance against an EPS target.

Details of the EPS performance target, the level of achievement against the target and the resultant level of vesting are set out in 
the table below.

Serge Crasnianski5

2017

540,887

64,763

811,330

–

81,133

1,498,113 

2016

491,715

27,397

491,715

368,040

73,757

1,452,624

Performance condition

Non-executive directors

John Lewis7

2017

120,000

2016

120,000

Yitzhak Apeloig

2017

40,000

Françoise Coutaz-Replan6

2017

40,000

2016

40,000

–

–

–

–

–

2016

89,667

8,159

Jean-Marcel Denis

2017

45,000

Emmanuel Olympitis

2017

50,000

2016

45,000

2016

50,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39,702

–

–

–

–

–

120,000

120,000

40,000

40,000

79,702

99,740

3,150

200,716

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

45,000

45,000

50,000

50,000

1  Taxable benefits comprise the provision of a car or car allowance, private medical insurance, and (where appropriate) an accommodation 

allowance which for the CEO amounted to £30,000.

2  Bonus is that awarded in respect of performance in the financial year, the calculation for the 2017 annual bonus is shown on page 47
3 The value for Long-term Incentives shown above for-  Françoise Coutaz-Replan in respect of the year ended 30 April 2017 relates to ESOS 

awards granted in July 2014 (195,000 shares) with an exercise price of 145.33p and for which the performance period ended on 30 April 
2017. The value shown above is the intrinsic value calculated using the three-month average share price to 30 April 2017 (165.6905p) as 
required by the relevant regulations. The 2016 financial year long-term incentive values for calculations relate to ESOS awards granted in July 
2013 to Serge Crasnianski (738,000 shares) and Françoise Coutaz-Replan (200,000 shares), each with an exercise price of 90.63p and 
with a performance period which ended on 30 April 2016. The awards vested on 9 July 2016 (share price 140.5p) and the intrinsic values 
at vesting were as shown above. These are lower than the values shown in the single figure table for the year ended 30 April 2016, where 
intrinsic values were calculated using the three-month average share price to 30 April 2016 (167.61p).

4 The pension payment to Serge Crasnianski in the year ended 30 April 2017 represented 15% of base salary.
5  The emoluments of Serge Crasnianski shown above include fees and bonus totalling £847,410 (2016: £770,373) payable to a third party in 

respect of making available the services of Serge Crasnianski to the Company.

6  Françoise Coutaz-Replan stepped down as an executive director on 27 August 2015, and was appointed as a non-executive director on the 

same date.

7  The emoluments of John Lewis shown above include fees of £45,000 (2016: £45,000) paid to a third party in respect of making available the 

services of John Lewis to the Company.

* Subject to audit

Additional information in respect of the single total figure table*

ANNUAL BONUS

For the year ended 30 April 2017, the maximum bonus opportunity for Serge Crasnianski was 150% of salary. Serge 
Crasnianski’s full bonus for that year was determined by performance against profit-before-tax targets established at the start of the 
financial year. Details of the performance against the profit-before-tax targets for the 2017 annual bonus are set out below:

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Actual

48

Profit before tax

Bonus payout
(% of salary)

£40.1m

£42.1m

£44.1m

£48.0m

75%

100%

150%

150%

EPS for 2017 Vesting (% of participant’s 
salary at date of grant)

Below 5.5p

5.5p

6.5p

7.2p

None

25%

100%

150%

Between 5.5p 
and 7.2p

Between 25% and 150%  
on a straight-line basis

9.3p

150%

Actual

*Subject to audit

Scheme interests awarded in the year *
Executive Share Option Scheme
The Company made no option awards to directors during the year ended 30 April 2017. 

Directors’ interests in shares *
According to the records kept by the Company, the directors had interests in the share capital of the Company as shown below. 
There have been no changes to these holdings between 30 April 2017 and the date of signing the financial statements.

Beneficially owned at
1 May 
30 April 
2017
2016
84,610,7014

Vested
ESOS 
awards1
79,783,450 738,000

Unvested
ESOS 
awards2

Shareholding 
requirement 
(% of salary)

200%

Current 
shareholding 
(% of salary)3 Guideline
Yes

27,219%

Executive 
director

Serge 
Crasnianski
Non-executive directors

John Lewis

Yitzhak 
Apeloig

Françoise 
Coutaz-Replan5
Jean-Marcel 
Denis

Emmanuel 
Olympitis

–

–

–

–

200,000

161,800 732,000

407,600

–

–

45,000

45,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  Options with no further performance conditions attached that have not been exercised.
2  Options with outstanding performance conditions attached.
3  Executive directors are required to build and maintain a shareholding equivalent to at least 200% of base salary through the retention of 50% 
of the net-of-tax vested share awards or through open-market purchases. Calculated using the closing share price on 30 April 2017 being 
174p. The shareholding guideline is calculated using only beneficially owned shares.

4  Of the shares beneficially owned by Serge Crasnianski, 79,719,900 shares (2016: 79,719,900) were registered in other names.
5  Françoise Coutaz-Replan stepped down as an executive director on 27 August 2015, continuing as a non-executive director.

49

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Remuneration Report continued
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Directors’ interests in share options*

Number of options

As at 
1 May 
2016

Granted 
during 
year

Exercised 
during 
year

Lapsed 
during 
year

As at 
30 April 
2017

Exercise 
price

Date from 
which 

exercisable Expiry date

Date of grant

Serge Crasnianski

9 July 20131

738,000

Françoise Coutaz-Replan

20 Jan 2010

4 July 2011

44,093

50,000

13 Dec 2011

250,000

4 July 2012

232,000

9 July 20131

200,000

10 July 20142

195,000

9 July 20153

212,600

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

44,093

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

738,000

90.63p

9 July 2016

8 July 2020

-–

36.67p

20 Jan 2013 19 Jan 2017

50,000

65.25p

4 July 2014

3 July 2018

250,000

53.50p 13 Dec 2014 12 Dec 2018

232,000

39.17p

4 July 2015

3 July 2019

200,000

90.63p

9 July 2016

8 July 2020

195,000

145.33p

10 July 2017

9 July 2021

212,600

133.33p

9 July 2018

8 July 2022

1  The 10 July 2014 ESOS awards are subject to the performance conditions and vesting schedule as set out on page 49 
2  The 9 July 2015 ESOS award is subject to the performance and vesting schedule in the 2014 ESOS award but the threshold 2018 EPS 

target is set at 6.5p with full vesting for an EPS of 8.5p or greater.

* Subject to audit

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in distributions to shareholders and employee remuneration costs.

Remuneration Report continued
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Performance graph
The graph below shows the Company’s performance, measured by total shareholder return (TSR) (share price growth plus 
dividends reinvested),compared with the performance of the FTSE SmallCap Index (calculated on the same basis) over the past 
eight years. As the Company has been a constituent of the FTSE SmallCap Index for all of the relevant period, this index is 
considered an appropriate form of ‘broad equity market index’ against which the Company’s performance should be compared.

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

1500

1400

1300

1200

1100

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

April 2009

April 2010

April 2011

April 2012

April 2013

April 2014

April 2015

April 2016

April 2017

Photo-Me International plc

FTSE Small Cap

Employee remuneration costs (£’000)1

Dividends (£’000)2

2017

 2016

% Change

40,658      

32,6293        

32,653

18,217

24.5%

79%

This graph shows the value at 30 April 2017 of £100 invested in the Company on 30 April 2009, compared with the value of 
£100 invested in the FTSE SmallCap Index.

The table below shows the total remuneration for the CEO over the same eight-year period as the TSR chart above. All share 
awards are valued at the date of vesting.

1  Based on the figure shown in note 5 to the Financial Statements.
2  Based on the cash returned to shareholders in 2017 through dividends as shown in note 9 to the Financial Statements. The Company did not 

undertake any buy-backs in the year ended 30 April 2017.

3   This includes the special dividend of 2.815p paid on 10 November 2016.

Percentage increase in the remuneration of the CEO
The table below shows the change in the salary, benefits and annual bonus for the CEO between the current and previous 
financial year compared with the change for a comparator group of selected employees of the Group.

Element of remuneration

Salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

 CEO  
% change

10%

136.39%

65%

Employees
% change1

0.8%

0%

(6.6)%

1 The Committee chose to use a comparator group comprising employees from the major operating territories, namely UK (excluding main 
   board directors of the Company), France and Japan as being a representative group of employees for these purposes.

Year ended 
30 April

2017 

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2010

CEO

Total 
remuneration
(£)

Annual 
bonus 
(% of max)

Long-term 
incentives
(% of max)1

Serge Crasnianski

1,498,113

Serge Crasnianski

1,429,209

Serge Crasnianski

1,031,628

Serge Crasnianski

Serge Crasnianski

Serge Crasnianski

Serge Crasnianski

Serge Crasnianski2

Thierry Barel3

914,278

899,487

898,693

893,312

739,548

90,327

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

0%

 –

100%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  Shows the number of share options which vested as a percentage of the maximum number of share options which could have vested. For the 

years ended 30 April 2011 to 30 April 2017 (but excluding 2016), Serge Crasnianski did not have any outstanding share option awards that 
could have vested in the relevant years.

2  Serge Crasnianski was appointed to the role of CEO on 3 July 2009 having previously served as a non-executive director from 6 May 2009. 

The total remuneration figure shown includes all payments received following his appointment as CEO but excludes any fees paid (£5,429) for 
performing the role of non-executive director.

3  Thierry Barel resigned from the role of CEO on 3 July 2009. The total remuneration figure shown includes all payments received prior to his 

resignation as CEO, but excludes a termination payment of £92,800.

50

51

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Remuneration Report continued
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Payment for loss of office
No termination payments were made in the year.

Committee role and membership
The Remuneration Committee comprises three non-executive directors: Emmanuel Olympitis (Committee Chairman, member of the 
Audit and Nomination Committees, and Senior Independent Director); John Lewis (Chairman of the Board and the Nomination 
Committee, and member of the Audit and Remuneration Committees); and Jean-Marcel Denis (Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committees). They are all considered by the Board to be independent. 
Biographies of the members of the Committee are set out on page 34. Details of their membership of the Committee and 
attendance at the meetings during the year are as follows:

Name

Emmanuel Olympitis

John Lewis

Position

 Appointment 
date

Committee Chairman

11 November 2009

Non-executive Chairman

3 July 2008

Jean-Marcel Denis

Non-executive Director

1 March 2012

Number of meetings 
attended (maximum 
possible)

3 (3)

3 (3)

3 (3)

It remains the Committee’s policy that it shall be available to meet on an ad hoc basis when the needs of the Company require it. 
At the invitation of the Chairman, the CEO may attend meetings of the Committee, except when his own remuneration is under 
consideration. No director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration. The Company Secretary acts as the secretary 
to the Committee. The members of the Committee can, where they judge it necessary to discharge their responsibilities, obtain 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense.

The Committee’s terms of reference are published in the ‘Investor Relations’ section of the Company’s website at 
www.photo-me.com.

Advisers
The Committee is advised by FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP, which has been appointed by the Committee to replace New 
Bridge Street, part of Aon plc.  FIT advises the Committee on various matters relating to the remuneration of the Chairman, 
executive directors and senior executives and also provides advice to the executive director in respect of the remuneration of non-
executive directors. During the financial year ended 30 April 2017, fees paid to FIT and New Bridge Street in respect of advice 
given to the Committee totalled £8,175 and £4,700 (exclusive of VAT) respectively. The Committee is satisfied that the advice 
provided by FIT and New Bridge Street is objective and independent and those firms charge on their normal respective terms.

The Committee also receives advice from the CEO in relation to the remuneration of certain senior executives (but not in relation to 
his own remuneration).

Statement of shareholder voting
At last year’s AGM, the resolution on the Directors’ Remuneration Report received the following votes from shareholders:

Resolution

Directors’ Remuneration 
Report (excluding the 
Remuneration policy)

Amending the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy

Votes cast in 
favour

Votes cast 
against

%

%

Total votes 
cast (excludes 
withheld 
votes)

Votes 
withheld1

%

282,550,683 91.72

25,497,850

8.28

308,048,533 100.00

10,481,309

189,938,061 83.27

38,164,370

16.73

228,102,431 100.00

90,427,411

1 A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast “for” and “against” a resolution.

By order of the Board

Emmanuel Olympitis
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

27 June 2017

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The directors of the Company, 
who are named on page 34, are 
responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report, the Report of the Directors 
and the Group and Company 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for the Group and the Company for each financial 
year. Under that law, the directors are required to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the 
European Union and applicable law and have elected to 
prepare the Company’s financial statements on the same 
basis.

Under company law, the directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
the Company and of their profit or loss for that period. In 
preparing each of the Group and the Company’s financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgments and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance 

with IFRS as adopted by the EU; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going  

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume  
that the Group and the Parent Company will continue 
in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Company and the Group 
and enable them to ensure that their financial statements 
and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and as regards the Group’s financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and 
detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 

Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the 
annual financial report
Each of the directors of the Company, whose names and 
functions are listed on page 34, confirms that, to the best of 
his or her knowledge:

• 

• 

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with 
IFRS as adopted by the European Union, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

the Strategic Report, which is incorporated into the 
Report of the Directors, includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

Fair, balanced and understandable
In accordance with the principles of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the directors have arrangements in place 
to ensure that the information presented in the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable; these are described on 
page 41.

The Board considers, on the advice of its Audit Committee, 
that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s and the Group’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Significant accounting policies, critical estimates and key 
judgments
Our significant accounting policies are set out on pages 
66 to 73 of the consolidated financial statements and 
conform with IFRS as adopted by the EU. These policies and 
applicable estimation techniques have been reviewed by the 
directors who have confirmed them to be appropriate for 
the preparation of the 2016/2017 consolidated financial 
statements.

By order of the Board

John Lewis
Non-executive Chairman

27 June 2017

52

53

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Independent Auditor's Report

Independent Auditor's Report continued

Independent 
auditor’s report

to the members of Photo-Me 
International plc only

Opinions and conclusions 
arising from our audit

Overview

Materiality: 
group financial 
statements as a 
whole

Coverage

£2.4m (2016:£2.0m)

5% (2016: 5%) of profit before tax

79% (2016:91%) of group profit 
before tax

Risks of material misstatement                     vs 2016

Recurring risks

Recoverability of carrying 
value of photobooths and 
vending machines 

◄►

Recoverability of Japan 
goodwill

1. Our opinion on the financial statements is 

unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Photo-
Me International plc for the year ended 30 April 
2017 set out on pages 60 to 123. In our opinion:

— the financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the state of the group’s and of the 
parent company’s affairs as at 30 April 2017 and 
of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

— the group financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU);

— the parent company financial statements have 
been properly prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and

— the financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006; and, as regards the group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

2. Our assessment of risks of material misstatement

In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements, the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest 
effect on our audit, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows: 

The risk

Our response

Recoverability of carrying 
value of photobooths 
and vending machines
(£66.6m; 2016: £49.7m)

Refer to page 40 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 
69 (accounting policy) and 
page 87 (financial 
disclosures).

The carrying value of photobooths 
and vending machines is significant 
and there is a risk of impairment of 
these assets in some countries due 
to potential changes in technology, 
consumer preference and 
regulations. 

The  carrying value of the asset 
classes are first reviewed at a high 
level by comparing the carrying 
amount to the 18 month cash flows 
expected from the asset. If this high 
level review indicates potential 
impairment issues then the group 
prepares discounted cash flow 
forecasts taking into consideration 
their full useful economic life, on all 
asset classes with a carrying value 
greater than £150K and compares 
the results to the carrying value of 
the assets to assess if an 
impairment of the asset is required.

The estimated recoverable amount is 
subjective due to the inherent 
uncertainty involved in forecasting 
and discounting future cash flows.

Recoverability of Japan 
goodwill

(£7.2m; 2016: £7.2m)

Goodwill in relation to Nippon Auto-
Photo Kabushiki Kaisha (Japan) is 
significant and at risk of 
recoverability due to:

Refer to page 40 (Audit 
Committee Report), page 
68 (accounting policy) and 
page 83 (financial 
disclosures).

-the potential impact of the volatility 
of the Japanese Yen on the 
recoverable amount of this GBP 
denominated goodwill and;

-the inherent uncertainty involved in 
the forecasting of cash flows and
use of inputs and discount rates. 

Our procedures included: 

— Control design: Evaluating the controls over the 
process used for identifying potential impairment 
including their operating effectiveness.

— Our sector experience: Assessing assumptions 

made in the discounted cash flow models such as 
EBITDA based on our knowledge of the group and 
the country specific markets. 

— Historical comparisons: Challenging the 

methodology used to determine the discount rate 
used in the cash flow models by comparing against 
past performance.

— Benchmarking assumptions: Assessing whether 
the forecasts appropriately considered any changes 
in the market place and local regulations based on 
our industry knowledge; and 

— Challenge of business plans : For those assets 
where there were indicators of impairment but 
impairment analysis indicated otherwise, we 
challenged the directors’ assumptions of the 
achievability of the country-specific plans using our 
understanding of the legislation and product mix in 
the relevant country.

— Comparing carrying value: For those asset classes, 
where there is a potential impairment, that are below 
the Group’s impairment testing threshold, we 
checked the EBIDTA as a proxy for cash flows 
expected in aggregate by entity, from these assets 
against carrying amount.

Our procedures included:

— Control design : Evaluating the group's budgeting 
procedures upon which the cash flow forecasts are 
based.

— Historical comparisons : Consideration of the 

historical accuracy of key assumptions used in the 
model by comparing forecasted revenue and cost 
growth to the actual amounts achieved in prior 
periods. 

— Tests of detail:  Comparing forecast exchange rates 

to externally derived data.

— Sensitivity analysis : Performing break-even 

analysis on the discount rate and exchange rate 
used. 

— Assessing transparency: Assessing whether the 

group's disclosures (see note 11) about the 
sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment 
assessment to changes in key assumptions
adequately reflected the risks inherent in the 
valuation of goodwill.

We continue to perform procedures over Estimation of provisions. However, following the reduction of this balance, we 
have not assessed this as one of the most significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately 
identified in our report this year. 

1

2

54

55

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Independent Auditor's Report continued

Independent Auditor's Report continued

4. Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the 
3. Our application of materiality and an 
Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
overview of the scope of our audit

Group profit before tax
£48.0m (2016: £40.0m)

— the parent company financial statements and the part 

Materiality
£2.4m (2016: £2.0m)

In our opinion:

— the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 

The materiality for the group financial statements as 
a whole was set at £2.4m (2016: £2.0m), 
determined with reference to a benchmark of group 
profit before taxation of £48m, of which it 
represents 5.0% (2016: 5.0%).

audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006; and

— the information given in the Strategic Report and the 

Directors’ Report for the financial year is consistent 
with the financial statements.

We report to the audit committee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding 
£0.1m (2016: £0.1m), in addition to other identified 
misstatements that warrant reporting on qualitative 
grounds.

Based solely on the work required to be undertaken in the 
course of the audit of the financial statements and from 
reading the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report:

— we have not identified material misstatements in those 

reports; and  

— in our opinion, those reports have been prepared in 

Of the group's 36 (2016: 34) reporting components, 
we subjected 7 (2016: 5) to audits for group 
reporting purposes and 1 (2016: 1) to specified risk-
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 
focused audit procedures. The latter was not 
individually financially significant enough to require 
5. We have nothing to report on the disclosures of 
an audit for group reporting purposes, but did 
present specific individual risks that needed to be 
addressed. 
The components within the scope of our work 
accounted for the percentages of the group's 
results as set out across the page.

Based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we 
have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation 
to:

— the directors’ statement of viability on page 31, 

principal risks

— the disclosures in note 1 of the financial statements 
concerning the use of the going concern basis of 
accounting.

concerning the principal risks, their management, and, 
The remaining 14% (2016: 12%) of total group 
based on that, the directors’ assessment and 
revenue, 21% (2016: 9%) of group profit before tax 
expectations of the group’s continuing in operation over 
and 20% (2016: 12%) of total group assets is 
the three years to 30 April 2020; or
represented by 28 (2016: 28) reporting components, 
none of which individually represented more than 
5.6% (2016: 4.9%) of any of total group revenue, 
group profit before tax or total group assets. -
6. We have nothing to report in respect of the matters 
For the remaining components, we performed 
on which we are required to report by exception
analysis at an aggregated group level to re-examine 
our assessment that there were no significant risks 
of material misstatement within these. -

Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to 
you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our 
audit, we have identified other information in the annual 
report that contains a material inconsistency with either that 
knowledge or the financial statements, a material 
misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.

— we have identified material inconsistencies between 
the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the 
directors’ statement that they consider that the annual 
report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or

The Group audit team instructed component 
auditors as to the significant areas to be covered, 
including the relevant risks detailed above and the 
information to be reported back. The Group audit 
In particular, we are required to report to you if:
team approved the component materialities, which 
ranged from £0.1m to £1.2m (2016: £0.1m to 
£1.2m), having regard to the mix of size and risk 
profile of the Group across the components. The 
work on 5 of the 36 components (2016: 6 of the 34 
components) was performed by component 
auditors and the rest by the Group audit team. 
The Group Engagement Partner visited 1 (2016: 1) 
component location in France, including to assess 
the audit risk and strategy. Multiple telephone 
conference meetings were held with the 
component auditors, including planning calls and 
post reporting calls. At these meetings, the findings 
reported to the Group audit team were discussed in 
more detail, and any further work required by the 
Group audit team was then performed by the 
component auditor.

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

appropriately address matters communicated by us to 
the audit committee. 

— the corporate governance statement does not 

of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are 
not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or

— certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

£2.4m
Whole financial
statements materiality
(2016: £2.0m)

by law are not made; or

— we have not received all the information and 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:  

explanations we require for our audit.

£1.2m
Range of materiality at 7 
components (£0.1m-£1.2m) 
— the directors’ statements, set out on page 31, in 
(2016: £0.1m to £1.2m)

relation to going concern and longer-term viability; and   

— the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on 

page 38 relating to the company’s compliance with the 
eleven provisions of the 2014 UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review.

Group profit before tax

We have nothing to report in respect of the above 
responsibilities.  

£0.1m
Misstatements reported to the 
audit committee (2016: £0.1m)

Group materiality

Scope and responsibilities

Group revenue

2

2

Group profit before tax

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement (set out on page 53), the directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the 
scope of an audit of financial statements is provided on the 
2
Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely 
to the Company’s members as a body and is subject to 
important explanations and disclaimers regarding our 
responsibilities, published on our website at 
www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are 
88
incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be 
read to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, 
the work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

86%

79%

(2016 88%)

(2016 91%)

77

86

84

3

Group total assets 

Steve Masters (Senior Statutory Auditor)
2
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants
2

80%

1 Forest Gate
Brighton Road
(2016 88%)
Crawley 
RH11 9PT

86

78

27 June 2017

4. Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the 

Companies Act 2006 is unmodified

In our opinion:

— the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 

audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006; and

— the information given in the Strategic Report and the 

Directors’ Report for the financial year is consistent 
with the financial statements.

Based solely on the work required to be undertaken in the 
course of the audit of the financial statements and from 
reading the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report:

— we have not identified material misstatements in those 

reports; and  

— in our opinion, those reports have been prepared in 

accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

5. We have nothing to report on the disclosures of 

principal risks

Based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we 
have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation 
to:

— the directors’ statement of viability on page 31, 

concerning the principal risks, their management, and, 
based on that, the directors’ assessment and 
expectations of the group’s continuing in operation over 
the three years to 30 April 2020; or

— the disclosures in note 1 of the financial statements 
concerning the use of the going concern basis of 
accounting.

6. We have nothing to report in respect of the matters 
on which we are required to report by exception

Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to 
you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our 
audit, we have identified other information in the annual 
report that contains a material inconsistency with either that 
knowledge or the financial statements, a material 
misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to report to you if:

— we have identified material inconsistencies between 
the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the 
directors’ statement that they consider that the annual 
report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or

— the corporate governance statement does not 

appropriately address matters communicated by us to 
the audit committee. 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

— the parent company financial statements and the part 

of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are 
not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or

— certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

by law are not made; or

— we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:  

— the directors’ statements, set out on page 31, in 

relation to going concern and longer-term viability; and   

— the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on 

page 38 relating to the company’s compliance with the 
eleven provisions of the 2014 UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above 
responsibilities.  

Scope and responsibilities

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement (set out on page 53), the directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the 
scope of an audit of financial statements is provided on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely 
to the Company’s members as a body and is subject to 
important explanations and disclaimers regarding our 
responsibilities, published on our website at 
www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are 
incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be 
read to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, 
the work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

Steve Masters (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants

1 Forest Gate
Brighton Road
Crawley 
RH11 9PT

27 June 2017

Key: 

Full scope for group audit purposes 2017

Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2017

Full scope for group audit purposes 2016

Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2016

Residual components

4
3

4

56

57

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 201758

59

technological:
technological:
INTERACTION

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017OURCUSTOMERSOURCUSTOMERSGroup Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Statements of Financial Position
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other operating Income

Administrative expenses

Share of post tax profits from associates

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance cost

Profit before tax

Total tax charge

Profit for year

Other comprehensive income

Items that are or may subsequently be classified to profit and loss:

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

Taxation on exchange differences

Total items that are or may subsequently be classified to profit and loss

Items that will not be classified to profit and loss:

Remeasurement (losses)/gains in defined benefit obligations and other post-
employment benefit obligations

Deferred tax on remeasurement (losses)/gains

Total items that will not be classified to profit and loss

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year attributable to:

Owners of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Owners of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

All results derive from continuing operations.

Notes

3

4

14

6

6

7

10

10

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

214,653

183,994

(156,427)

(131,546)

58,226

2,203

52,448

1,306

(13,818)

(14,185)

196

46,807

1,488

(256)

48,039

(12,901)

35,138

1,862

1,058

2,920

(48)

21

(27)

2,893

38,031

34,991

147

35,138

37,799

232

38,031

9.30p

9.27p

165

39,734

538

(166)

40,106

(10,907)

29,199

5,328

485

5,813

43 

(9)

34

5,847

35,046

29,066

133

29,199

34,841

205

35,046

7.77p

7.72p

Notes

Group

2017
£’000

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant & equipment
Investment property
Investment in associates
Investment in subsidiaries
Other financial assets – held to maturity
Other financial assets – available for sale 
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax
Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale
Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Translation and other reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to owners of the Parent
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
Post-employment benefit obligations
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Trade and other payables

Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
Provisions
Current tax

Trade and other payables

Total equity and liabilities

11
11
12
13
14
14
15
15
24
16

17
16

18

20

21
22
23
24
25

21
23

25

11,812
13,451
74,989
662
2,095
–
2,389
81
3,641
2,025
111,145

19,418
18,542
288
47,505
85,753
96
196,994

1,882
8,999
13,249
103,831
127,961
1,341
129,302

8,192
5,456
–
3,087
2,310
19,045

2,490
2,072
4,209

39,876
48,647
196,994

The accounts were approved by the Board on 27 June 2017.

Serge Crasnianski 
Chief Executive Officer 

John Lewis
Non-executive Chairman

2016
£’000

11,606
8,706
56,094
629
1,713
–
2,253
75
4,216
1,548
86,840

17,094
13,010
2,273
71,005
103,382
96
190,318

1,877
8,156
10,507
101,101
121,641
1,109
122,750

9,183
4,755
10
1,887
1,821
17,656

1,660
4,103
8,341

35,808
49,912
190,318

Company

2017
£’000

–
230
9,330
–
400
47,437
973
–
1,835
–
60,205

1,865
35,347
–
11,535
48,747
96
109,048

1,882
8,999
1,887
72,101
84,869
–
84,869

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
1,021

23,158
24,179
109,048

2016
£’000

–
5,723
8,383
–
400
44,462
971
–
2,227
–
62,166

1,723
4,974
–
46,840
53,537
96
115,799

1,877
8,156
1,660
57,110
68,803
–
68,803

–
–
10
–
200
210

–
–
997

45,789
46,786
115,799

The notes on pages 66 to 123 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The notes on pages 66 to 123 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

61

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Group Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Company Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit before tax

Finance cost

Finance income

Operating profit

Share of post tax profit from associates

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Profit/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment

Exchange differences

Other items

Changes in working capital:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Taxation paid

Net cash generated in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired

Investment in associates

Loans advanced to associates

Investment in intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Dividends received from associates

Net cash utilised in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Issue of Ordinary shares to equity shareholders

Repayment of capital element of finance leases

Repayment of borrowings 

Increase/Increase in borrowings

Increase/Decrease in assets held to maturity

Dividends paid to owners of the Parent

Net cash utilised in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Exchange loss on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

48,039

256

(1,488)

46,807

(196)

2,479

19,944

(887)

(727)

(3,877)

(1,088)

(1,534)

2,377

(2,045)

61,253

(256)

(11,969)

49,028

–

(361)

(1,014)

(6,686)

9

(36,652)

2,783

75

279

40,106

166

(538)

39,734

(165)

1,548

15,413

(236)

2,031

(1,615)

(3,665)

52

108

(1,775)

51,430

(166)

(10,816)

40,448

(1,642)

(671)

-

(3,221)

–

(21,276)

1,521

538

–

(41,567)

(24,751)

848

(173)

(1,630)

693

(29)

(32,629)

(32,920)

(25,459)

71,005

1,959

47,505

1,036

(147)

(665)

10,946

29

(18,217)

(7,018)

8,679

58,632

3,694

71,005

9

18

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit before tax

Finance cost

Finance revenue

Dividends and other items

Operating profit

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Loss/(profit) on sale of property, plant and equipment

Movement in investment provisions and other items

Changes in working capital:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Taxation paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment in subsidiaries

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries

Purchase of intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Loans advanced to subsidiaries 

Interest received

Dividends received from associates and subsidiaries

Net cash generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Issue of Ordinary shares to equity shareholders

Borrowings from subsidiaries

Repayment of borrowings from subsidiaries

Increase in assets held to maturity

Dividends paid to owners of the Parent

Net cash utilised in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

49,623

21,453

69

(373)

(40,084)

9,235

866

3,574

(96)

68

(142)

(30,373)

(7,216)

(10)

74

(532)

(10,692)

10,303

1,073

3,275

(255)

(249)

(909)

3,132

16,157

(7)

(24,094)

32,520

(69)

(1,656)

(25,819)

(74)

(2,098)

30,348

(3,069)

(1,851)

356

(410)

5,037

(5,382)

957

–

60

40,363

37,912

848

–

(15,615)

(2)

(32,629)

(47,398)

(35,305)

46,840

11,535

–

(1,617)

–

(3,416)

397

(115)

532

10,692

4,622

1,036

15,615

(7,498)

(4)

(18,217)

(9,068)

25,902

20,938

46,840

9

18

The notes on pages 66 to 123 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The notes on pages 66 to 123 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

63

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Group Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 April 2017

At 1 May 2015
Profit for year
Other comprehensive (expense)/
income
Exchange differences
Transfers between reserves
Remeasurement losses in defined 
benefit pension scheme and 
other post-employment benefit 
obligations
Deferred tax on remeasurement 
gains
Total other comprehensive 
(expense)/income
Total comprehensive (expense)/
income
Transactions with owners of the 
Parent
Shares issued in the period
Share options
Deferred tax on share options
Dividends

Total transactions with owners of 
the Parent
At 30 April 2016
At 1 May 2016
Profit for year
Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income
Exchange differences
Tax on exchange
Translation reserve taken to 
income statement on disposal of 
subsidiaries
Transfers between reserves
Remeasurement losses in defined 
benefit pension scheme and 
other post-employment benefit 
obligations
Deferred tax on remeasurement 
gains
Total other comprehensive 
(expense)/income
Total comprehensive 
(expense)/income
Transactions with owners  
of the Parent
Shares issued in the period
Share options
Deferred tax on share options
Dividends
Total transactions with owners 
of the Parent
At 30 April 2017

Share 
capital 
£’000

1,866
–

Share 
premium 
£’000

7,131
–

Other 
reserves 
£’000

Translation 
reserve 
£’000

1,874
–

2,892
–

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

89,744
29,066

Attributable 
to owners of 
the Parent 
£’000

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£’000

Total 
£’000

103,507
29,066

904
133

104,411
29,199

–
–

–

–

–

–

11
–
–
–

11
1,877
1,877
–

–
–

–
–

–

–

-

-

5
–
–
-

–
–

–

–

–

–

1,025
–
–
–

1,025
8,156
8,156
–

–
–

–
–

–

–

-

-

843
–
–
-

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

5,256
485

–

–

5,741

–
–

5,256
485

72
–

5,328
485

43

(9)

34

43

(9)

–

–

43

(9)

5,775

72

5,847

5,741

29,100

34,841

205

35,046

–
–
–
–

–
413
61
(18,217)

1,036
413
61
(18,217)

–
–
–
–

–
1,874
1,874
–

–
8,633
8,633
–

(17,743)
101,101
101,101
34,991

(16,707)
121,641
121,641
34,991

–
1,109
1,109
147

1,036
413
61
(18,217)

(16,707)
122,750
122,750
35,138

–
–

3,192
1,058

–
(93)

(1,415)
–

–

–

2,835

–

–

(93)

(93)

–
–
–
-

–
–

–
93

(48)

21

66

3,192
1,058

(1,415)
–

(48)

21

85
–

3,277
1,058

–
–

–

–

(1,415)
–

(48)

21

2,808

85

2,893

2,835

35,057

37,799

232

38,031

–
–
–
-

–
296
6
(32,629)

848
296
6
(32,629)

–
–
–
-

848
296
6
(32,629)

5
1,882

843
8,999

–
1,781

–
11,468

(32,327)
103,831

(31,479)
127,961

–
1,341

(31,479)
129,302

Share 
capital
£’000

1,866

Share 
premium
£’000

7,131

Other 
reserves
£’000

1,399

At 1 May 2015

Profit for year

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income for 
year

Transactions with owners of the 
Parent

Shares issued in period

Share options

Deferred tax on share options

Capital contributions relating to 
share-based payments (net of 
disposals)

Dividends

Total transactions with owners of the 
Parent

At 30 April 2016

At 1 May 2016

Profit for year

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income for 
year

Transactions with owners of the 
Parent

–

–

–

–

–

–

 11 

 1,025 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 11 

 1,877 

 1,877 

 1,025 

 8,156 

 8,156 

–

–

–

–

–

–

Shares issued in period

 5 

 843 

Share options

Deferred tax on share options

Capital contributions relating to 
share-based payments (net of 
disposals)

Dividends

Total transactions with owners 
of the Parent

At 30 April 2017

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 5 

 1,882 

 843 

 8,999 

Details of share capital and reserves are given in note 20.

Retained 
earnings
£’000

55,163

19,951

Total
£’000

65,559

19,951

 – 

 – 

 19,951 

 19,951 

–

 152 

 61 

 1,036 

 152 

 61 

–

 261 

 (18,217)

 (18,217)

 (18,004)

 (16,707)

 57,110 

 57,110 

 47,569 

 68,803 

 68,803 

 47,569 

 – 

 – 

 47,569 

 47,569 

–

 69 

 (18)

848

 69 

 (18)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 261 

–

 261 

 1,660 

 1,660 

–

–

–

–

–

–

227

–

227

 1,887 

–

227

 (32,629)

 (32,629)

 (32,578)

 72,101 

 (31,503)

 84,869 

The non-controlling interests in the above table relate to interests not held by the Group in SCI du Lotissement d’Echirolles, where 
the Group’s interest is 61% as described in note 29.

Details of share capital and reserves are given in note 20.

The notes on pages 66 to 123 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The notes on pages 66 to 123 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

64

65

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Authorisation of the financial statements and statement of compliance with IFRSs
The Group and the Company financial statements of Photo-Me International plc (the “Company”) for the year ended 30 April 
2017 were authorised for issue by the directors on 27 June 2017 and the statements of financial position were signed by  
S Crasnianski, Chief Executive Officer and J Lewis, Non-executive Chairman.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales and whose shares are quoted on 
the London Stock Exchange, under symbol PHTM. The registered number of the Company is 735438 and its registered office is 
at Church Road, Bookham, Surrey KT23 3EU. The principal activities of the Group are shown on page 35.

The Group’s and the Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”), as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee 
(“IFRIC”) interpretations and in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting 
under IFRS. 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption provided under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish its 
individual income statement and related notes.

1  Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements and the 
Company’s individual financial statements are set out below. The policies have been consistently applied, unless otherwise 
stated, to all the statements presented. New standards adopted for this financial year are shown in note 2 on page 74. 

In presenting these financial statements, the directors have followed the Financial Reporting Council’s (“FRC”) objective in 
“cutting clutter” with the aim of simplifying notes and descriptions and removing non-material disclosures.

1.1  Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for certain derivative 
financial instruments and available-for-sale financial assets that are measured at fair value.

Going concern
The financial statements of the Group and the Company have been prepared on the going concern basis.

In reaching this conclusion management has reviewed detailed budgets, which reflect, where applicable, the current economic 
conditions, with regard to the level of demand for the Group’s manufactured products, the level of consumer confidence, 
the uncertainty of the Euro and cash flow forecasts for the next financial year and high level projections thereafter. The cash 
flow projections indicate that the Group and the Company will remain comfortably within their available banking facilities. 
Additional information on these facilities is provided in note 15.

A review of the business activity, future prospects and financial position of the Group are covered in the Chairman’s Statement 
and the Strategic Report.

Critical accounting estimates and key judgements
The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the year end and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Although these estimates are based on the directors’ best 
knowledge of current events and actions, actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates.

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the 
exercise of judgement, are included in the following notes:

Group
1)  Goodwill and other intangible assets – notes 1.4, 1.8 and 11.

 The recoverable amount of cash generating units (cgus) has been determined by management based on a value in use 
basis. These calculations require estimates by management, including management’s expectations of future growth in 
revenue, costs and profit margins, cash flows and discount rates. 

2)  Development costs – notes 1.4 and 11.  

Judgement is required in assessing whether the development costs associated with a project meet the criteria for  
capitalisation and in determining that amounts capitalised continue to be supported by future net cash flows.

3)  Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment – notes 1.5,1.8,12 and 13.

 Management make estimates of the useful life of capitalised development costs and property, plant and equipment as 
disclosed below in notes 1.4 and 1.5. Technological developments and regulatory changes can impact on the lives of the 
vending estate. Management consider these factors in assessing the useful lives of the asset.

4) 

Taxation – notes 1.17, 7 and 24. 
The Group is subject to tax in a number of jurisdictions. Determining the overall provision for income taxes involves  
therefore the interpretation of applicable tax laws and regulations in many jurisdictions throughout the world and  

judgement is required. Tax assets and liabilities represent Management’s estimates of tax that will be payable or  
recoverable in the future and may be dependent on estimates of future profitability. Where sufficient uncertainty exists with  
the interpretation of tax law, tax provisions are recognised when it is considered probable that there will be a future  
outflow of funds. 

5) 

Provisions – note 23.
 Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is 
probable that an outflow will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. In respect of 
claims, litigation and other provisions, including property restitution, management make estimates based on anticipated 
costs where it is considered that an outflow of resources is probable. For all risks the ultimate liability may vary from the 
amount provided and will be dependent upon the eventual outcome of any settlement.

Company
Critical assumptions and estimates for the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, in addition to 3 and 4 above, include:

Investments in subsidiaries
Management makes decisions on the carrying value of investments in subsidiaries and whether an impairment is required, as 
detailed in note 1.8 and 1.9 on pages 70 and 71.

1.2  Basis of consolidation
The Group consolidates the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries, and includes associates under the 
equity method, as at 30 April each year.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
In accessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that are currently exercisable. The acquisition 
date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the 
consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date on which control ceases. Losses applicable 
to non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests even if doing so causes the non-
controlling interests to have a negative balance.

The principal subsidiaries affecting the results and financial position of the Group are shown in note 29.

Changes in ownership of subsidiaries and loss of control 
Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

Where the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the assets and liabilities are derecognised along with any related non-controlling 
interest and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit and loss. Any interest retained in a 
subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.

The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. Acquisition costs for business 
combinations are expensed as incurred.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the 
assets acquired, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group. The 
consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are initially measured 
at their fair values on acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-
by-acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the recognised amounts of 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquiree’s previously held interest 
in the acquiree is re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date, with such gains or losses arising from re-measurement 
recognised in profit and loss.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to 
the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only 
to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Where necessary, subsidiaries’ accounting policies have been changed to 
ensure consistency with the Group’s policies.

Associates
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating 
policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting power of  
another entity.

66

67

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

1  Accounting policies continued
Application of the equity method to associates and joint ventures
Associates are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially recognised at cost. The 
Group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The consolidated 
financial statements include the Group’s share of the total comprehensive income and equity movements of equity accounted 
investees, from the date that significant influence or joint control commences until the date that significant influence, or joint 
control ceases. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the Group’s carrying 
amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal 
or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an investee.

The principal associates affecting the results and financial position of the Group are shown in note 29.

Non-controlling interests 
Non-controlling interests represent the portion of results for the period and net assets not held by the Group. They are presented 
separately within the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of financial position. 

1.3  Foreign currency translation
The consolidated financial statements and the Company’s own financial statements are presented in Sterling being the functional 
and presentational currency of the Parent Company and all values are shown in £’000 except where indicated.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currencies of the Group’s subsidiaries at the 
exchange rate ruling on the date the transaction is recorded. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are translated using the exchange rates ruling at 30 April. Exchange gains and losses resulting from the above translation are 
reflected in the income statement, except where they qualify as cash flow hedges and are reflected in equity. There were no 
qualifying cash flow hedges in 2017 and 2016.

Income statements of overseas entities are translated into Sterling, at weighted average rates of exchange, as a reasonable 
approximation to actual exchange rates at the date of the transaction and their balance sheets are translated at the exchange 
rate ruling at 30 April. Exchange differences arising on the translation of opening net assets are taken to equity, as is the 
exchange difference on the translation of the income statement between average and closing exchange rates. For this purpose 
net assets includes loans between group companies and any related foreign exchange contracts where settlement is neither 
planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. Such cumulative exchange differences are released to the income statement 
on disposal of the subsidiary or associate. 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries and associates post 1 May 2004 is treated as a foreign currency asset and 
translated at the rate ruling at 30 April. On transition to IFRS on 1 May 2004, business combinations were not retrospectively 
adjusted to comply with Adopted IFRS and goodwill was recognised based on the carrying value under the previous accounting 
policies. Pre-1 May 2004 goodwill was treated as a sterling asset and is included in these financial statements at that value less 
any subsequent impairment. 

1.4  Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition of a subsidiary or associate over the fair value of the Group’s share of 
net identifiable assets at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is included in investment in associates.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amounts may be impaired and is carried at cost less any impairment. On disposals, goodwill is included in the 
calculation of gains or losses on the sale of the previously acquired entity.

Goodwill relating to previous acquisitions (pre-1999) was charged under UK GAAP to equity and is not included in the gain or 
loss on sale of the previously acquired entity to which it relates.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units. Each of these units represents the Group’s 
investment in each region of operation.

Research and development expenditure
Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in developing projects are capitalised as intangible assets when 
it is considered that the commercial viability of the project will be a success based on discounted expected cash flows, and the 
costs can be reliably measured. Other development costs are expensed and are not recognised as assets.

Other intangible assets
Intangible assets (including research and development) acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised at fair value 
at the date of acquisition. Other intangibles are capitalised at cost.

1  Accounting policies continued
The policies applied to the Group’s intangible assets are summarised as follows:

Research and 
development costs

Useful lives

Finite

Amortisation

Straight-line basis, 
with a maximum life 
of four years from 
commencement 
of commercial 
production, with no 
residual value

Software

Finite

Straight-line basis, 
with a maximum 
life of three years, 
with no residual 
value

Patents and licences

Other

Finite

Indefinite

Not amortised, 
but subject to 
impairment testing 

Straight-line basis, 
with a maximum life 
of 20 years, 
with no residual 
value. Most patents 
are depreciated 
over a period of 10 
years or less

Customer
related

Finite

Straight-line basis, 
with a maximum 
life of 20 years, 
with no residual 
value. The majority 
of customer related 
intangible assets 
are depreciated 
over their useful 
lives 
of between three 
and five years

Internally 
generated or 
acquired

Internally generated Acquired

Acquired

Acquired

Acquired

1.5  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is shown at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any impairment. 

Subsequent expenditure on property, plant and equipment is capitalised, either as a separate asset, or included in the cost of 
the asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group 
and the cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any parts of the assets that are replaced are derecognised. All 
other costs are recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.

Freehold land is not depreciated. Other assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis, or occasionally on a reducing balance 
basis, to reduce cost to the estimated residual value over the estimated useful life of the asset at the following rates:

Freehold buildings

Leasehold improvements

2% – 5% straight-line

over the life of the lease on a straight-line basis

Photobooths and vending machines 

10% – 33.33% straight-line

Plant, machinery, furniture, fixtures and motor vehicles

12.5% – 33.33% straight-line or reducing balance

Capitalised finance lease assets 

over the shorter of the life of the asset or the life of the lease

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed at each year end and adjusted, if appropriate.

The critical judgement areas for operating equipment revolve around the useful life of the asset and whether an impairment 
charge is required. Operating equipment assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment testing.

1.6  Investment property
Certain of the Group’s properties are classified as investment properties; being held for long-term investment and to earn rental 
income. Investment properties are stated at cost and the building element is depreciated to reduce cost to its estimated residual 
value at rates between 3.33% and 8.33% on a straight-line basis. 

1.7  Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, are classified 
as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset 
and the present value of lease payments discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease. The interest element in the lease 
payment is expensed at a constant interest rate, whereas the obligation net of the interest element is included in other payables.

All other leases are classified as operating leases and rentals are expensed over the period of the lease on a straight-line basis.

Where a Group company acts as a lessor the lease is classified as finance or operating lease and accounted for as follows.

68

69

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

1  Accounting policies continued
When assets are leased out under a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments are recognised as a receivable. 
The rental is allocated between finance income and repayment of capital in each accounting period using the actuarial method, 
such that finance income will emerge as a constant rate of return on the lessor’s net investment in the lease.

1  Accounting policies continued
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable 
right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and simultaneously 
settle the liability. 

Lease income on operating leases is recognised over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis and the asset is included in 
the statement of financial position based on the nature of the asset.

1.8  Impairment
For goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, the carrying value is reviewed annually for impairment or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may be impaired.

Other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment losses whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of the asset is higher than the 
recoverable amount of the asset an impairment loss is recognised. In carrying out such impairment evaluations the recoverable 
amount is the higher of the asset’s value in use or its fair value less costs to sell. Assets that do not generate largely independent 
cash inflows are grouped at the lowest level for which separate identifiable cash flows exist (cash-generating units) and the 
recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit. If necessary, the carrying value is reduced by charging an 
impairment loss in the income statement.

Reversal of impairment
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its 
recoverable amount, but so that it does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment 
loss been recognised. No impairment loss is reversed for goodwill.

1.9  Financial assets
Group
The Group classifies its financial assets on initial recognition in the following categories. The classification depends on the 
purpose for which the financial assets were acquired.

Loans and receivables

(i) 
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market.

Such financial assets arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading 
the receivable. They are included in trade and other receivables in the statement of financial position. These assets are held at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

(ii)  Held to maturity financial assets
These financial assets are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the 
Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. These assets are held at amortised costs using the effective 
interest rate method.

Included within these amounts are cash deposits that are subject to restrictions and are not freely available for use by the Group 
until a future date. 

(iii)  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of trading or if so designated by 
management. Assets held in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within one year; otherwise 
they are classified as non-current. Financial assets in this category are initially recorded and subsequently valued at fair value, 
with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(iv)  Available-for-sale financial assets
Financial assets not classified in any of the above categories are shown as available-for-sale financial assets and are shown 
as non-current assets, unless management intends to sell the financial assets within 12 months of the end of the financial year. 
These assets are initially recognised at cost and are subsequently carried at fair value.

(v)  Recognition and measurement
For investments designated as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss or available-for-sale financial assets, the 
fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. For unlisted investments, the Group uses various valuation 
techniques to determine fair values, including at cost less any provision for impairment, where appropriate.

At each year end date, the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset, or group of financial 
assets, has become impaired. Any impairment loss so recognised is reflected in the income statement. Indications of impairment 
may include a reduction in the quoted price, a reduction in the underlying profitability of the investment and other factors 
indicating that the value of the investment has fallen.

Company
In the Company statement of financial position, investments in subsidiaries and associates are stated at cost less impairment. The 
Company reviews, at least annually, the carrying value of investments and performs an impairment exercise.

An impairment charge is made where there is evidence that the carrying value exceeds the future cash flows of the investment 
or where its carrying amount will not be recovered from sale.

Inventories

1.10 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes costs incurred in bringing inventories to 
their present location and condition. The cost of work-in-progress and finished goods includes an appropriate proportion of 
production overheads.

Finished goods also includes operating equipment not yet sited.

Raw materials and consumables are valued on a first-in first-out basis or on an average cost basis where average cost is not 
significantly different to first-in first-out due to the fast turnaround of consumables. The Group uses standard costs to value 
inventory and these standard costs are regularly updated to reflect current prices.

Inventories are stated net of provisions for slow moving and obsolete inventory based on expected future usage.

1.11  Trade receivables
Trade receivables are stated at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method net of 
impairment provisions. An impairment provision is reflected in the income statement if there is objective evidence that the Group 
will not be able to recover the full amount of the receivable. The impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying 
value of the receivable and the present value of the expected future cash flows, discounted at the original interest rate. Such 
factors as the debtor experiencing significant financial difficulties, bankruptcy, financial reorganisation or default on payments 
are indicators that the receivable is impaired.

1.12  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are carried in the statements of financial position at cost. Bank overdrafts are included within 
borrowings in current liabilities in the statements of financial position. For the purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash 
and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand, unrestricted deposits held at banks with less than three months’ notice and other 
highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, less bank overdrafts. 

1.13  Share capital
Shares of the Company are classified as equity.

Where the Company acquires its own equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of tax relief), is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity shareholders 
until the shares are either cancelled or subsequently reissued. The amount is shown in equity as treasury shares. Where such 
shares (the treasury shares) are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental 
transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

1.14  Borrowings
Borrowings are recorded initially at the fair value of the consideration received net of directly attributable transaction costs.

After initial recognition, borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. This 
method includes any initial issue costs and discounts or premiums on settlement. Finance costs on the borrowings are charged to 
the income statement under the effective interest rate method.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation under the liability is cancelled, discharged or has expired.

1.15  Employee benefits
Pension obligations
Group companies have various pension schemes in accordance with local conditions and practices in the countries in which 
they operate.

The Company operates a defined benefit pension scheme, which is closed to new entrants, with contributions made by 
employees and the Company. The defined benefits are based upon the employee’s length of service and final pensionable 
salary. The Company also operates a defined contribution pension scheme.

The Group also has defined benefit pension schemes as noted in note 22. 

70

71

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

1  Accounting policies continued
The net obligation for the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes is calculated for each scheme separately by estimating the 
future benefit that employees have earned in the current and prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value 
amount of plan assets. The calculation is performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit actuarial method. 
If this calculation results in a potential asset for the Group, this asset is only recognised to the present value of the economic 
benefits available in the form of a refund of contributions paid to the fund or reductions in future contributions. In calculating the 
present value of any economic benefit consideration is given to any minimum funding requirements.

Re-measurement of the net liability, which comprises actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding interest) and 
the effects of any asset ceiling, are recognised in other comprehensive income. The Group determines the net interest expense 
(income) on the net liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation 
at the beginning of the period to the then net defined liability (asset), taking into account changes in the period as a result of 
contributions and pension benefits paid. Other expenses are charged to profit and loss.

When plan benefits are changed or the plan curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss 
on curtailment is recognised in profit and loss. Gains and losses on settlement of any plan are recognised when settlement occurs.

Other post-employment benefits
In addition to the pension schemes noted above, certain Group companies are required to make provisions for employee 
retirements. These provisions are based on local circumstances, length of service and salaries of the employees concerned. They 
are included in post-employment benefit obligations, and shown in note 22 as other retirement provisions.

Equity compensation benefits
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date of grant, determined 
using the Black-Scholes model. The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in 
equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees 
become fully entitled to the award (“vesting date”). The cumulative expense recognised at each reporting date until the vesting 
date, reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the number of awards that, in the opinion of the directors 
of the Group and based on the best available estimate, at that date, of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. 
The income statement charge or credit for the period represents the movement in the cumulative expense recognised as at the 
beginning and end of the period. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest. The Group does not have 
options with market conditions.

On exercise of the option the proceeds received are allocated to share capital (nominal value of shares) and share premium.

The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments (shares) to the employees of subsidiary undertakings in the 
Group is treated as a capital contribution. The fair value of the employee services received, measured by reference to the 
grant date fair value, is recognised over the investing period as an increase to the investment in subsidiary undertakings with a 
corresponding credit to other reserves in equity.

Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognised in the income statement in the period when the Group is demonstrably committed to the 
termination of employment or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

Short-term employee benefits 
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for short-term employee benefits (such as holiday pay, bonuses and profit 
sharing) where these obligations contractually arise (for example, as a result of employment contracts) or where a constructive 
obligation has arisen from past practice.

1.16  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable 
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made. Provisions are 
discounted where the effect of the time value of money is material.

1.17  Taxation
Tax expense for the current period comprises current and deferred tax and is recognised in the income statement, except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or equity. The current tax charge is calculated on the 
basis of the laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Group operates. 

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
value in the accounts.

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in future periods in which the 
temporary difference will reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the year end.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that the future taxable profit, against which the deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised, will be available.

1  Accounting policies continued
Deferred tax is provided, or an asset recognised, on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amounts expected to be recovered from, or paid to, the taxation 
authorities, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted at the year end.

1.18  Trade and other payables
Trade payables are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest  
rate method. 

1.19  Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker as required by IFRS 8 Operating Segments. Details of the segments are shown in note 3.

1.20  Revenue recognition
Revenue from the operation of photobooths and other operating equipment is the cash received, and held in machines up to the 
year-end date, net of value added tax and refunds.

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised upon delivery of products and acceptance, if applicable, by the customer. 
Revenue is stated net of value added tax and discounts.

Revenue from the sale of services, including maintenance contracts and royalty income, is recognised evenly over the period in 
which the service/licence is provided to the customer.

Rental income from investment property and other assets under operating lease contracts is accounted for on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term and is included in other operating income.

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

Interest income is recognised using the effective interest method and mainly consists of bank interest. It is accounted for as 
finance income.

1.21  Own work capitalised
Some of the Group’s subsidiaries manufacture vending equipment, which is then sold to the Group’s Operations companies 
and capitalised by them as fixed assets. The amount capitalised includes direct costs associated with the manufacture of such 
items together with applicable overheads, but excluding general overheads and administration costs. Profits made by the selling 
company are eliminated on consolidation.

1.22  Dividend distributions
Dividends to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability and deducted from shareholders’ equity in the period in 
which the shareholders’ right to receive payment is established. 

1.23  Financial guarantee contracts
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to warranty the indebtedness of one company within the Group, 
the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats 
the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to 
make a payment under the guarantee (note 27).

1.24  Government grants
Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised in profit and loss on a systematic basis in periods in 
which the expenses are recognised, provided the terms of the grant are satisfied.

1.25  Specific items
The presentation and use of Specific items is a non-GAAP measure and the use of this measure may not be comparable 
to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Specific items are those that in management’s judgement need to be 
disclosed separately by virtue of their size, nature or incidence. Management determines whether an item is specific and 
warrants separate disclosure by considering both qualitative and quantitative factors, such as the frequency or predictability of 
occurrence. This is consistent with the way operating performance is presented and reported to management.

The directors believe that the presentation of the Group’s results in this way is relevant to an understanding of the Group’s 
performance, as Specific items are identified by their size, nature or incidence.

For those years where Specific items are shown in the Group statement of Comprehensive Income an alternative earning per 
share is shown in the earnings per share note. Alternative earnings per share and alternative diluted earning per share are 
shown and are calculated on earnings available to Ordinary shareholders excluding specific items.

72

73

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

2  New standards, amendments and interpretations
New accounting standards
Adopted by the Group
The Group has adopted the following new standards and amendments for the first time in these financial statements with no 
material impact.

Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation (amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38)

Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements (Amendment to IAS 27)

Annual Improvements to IFRS 2012-2014 Cycle- various standards

Investment Entities: Applying the consolidation Exemption (Amendment to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28)

Disclosure Initiative (Amendment to IAS1)

Not adopted by the Group
The following are the significant new standards that have been issued by the IFRS but adoption is 
not yet mandatory.

IFRS 9 Financial instruments
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective from 1 January 2018) reflects all phases of the financial instruments project and replaces 
IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. This standard introduces new classification and measurement 
requirements of financial instruments, new general hedge accounting requirements and a new expected credit loss model for 
measuring impairment on financial assets. The Group’s initial impression is that adopting this standard will not have a material 
impact on the financial statements of the Group, given the Group’s current profile of financial instruments. 

IFRS15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective from 1 January 2018) replaces the existing Revenue Standard. The 
new standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred and provides 
a single principle based standard. A detailed evaluation of the impact of this standard has commenced and is continuing. As 
the majority of the Group’s turnover with external customers comes from vending; over 92% in 2016 91 % in 2017 the impact 
of this standard is not likely to have a material impact on revenue.

IFRS16 Leases
IFRS16 Leases was issued in January 2016 and is effective from 1 January 2019. The standard will replace all existing lease 
accounting requirements.

The key change for the Group in adopting this standard will be the change in accounting for operating leases. Under the new 
standard all leases, both operating and finance will appear on the balance sheet. The statement of financial position will be 
grossed up to show an asset and a liability, with no effect on net assets. The impact on the income statement will be a new 
interest expense and a depreciation charge in replace of the current operating lease expense. Work has commenced and is 
continuing to evaluate the impact of this standard and what options will be adopted on transition.

Amendment to IAS 7 Statement of Cash flows
The amendment to IAS 7 was generated by the IASB’s “Disclosure initiative” project and requires reporting entities to provide 
disclosures that enables users of financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, by 
disclosing changes in arising from cash flows as well as non- monetary changes. This amendment has not been endorsed by  
the EU.

The Group already publishes a statement explaining the movement in net cash (see note 19: Net cash).

Segmental analysis

3 
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified, based on information presented to the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(CODM). The Group reports its segments on a geographical basis, Asia, Continental Europe and United Kingdom and Ireland. 
The CODM, being the Board, regularly reviews operating results on this geographical basis to assess performance and allocate 
resources within the Group. The Group’s European operations are predominately based in Western Europe and with the 
exception of the Swiss operations use the Euro as their domestic currency. The Board believes that the economic characteristics 
of the European operations, together with the fact that they are similar in terms of operation, they use common systems for 
operations and administrative functions and the nature of the regulatory environment allows the European operations to be 
aggregated into one reporting segment.

The Group monitors performance at the adjusted operating profit level before special items, interest and taxation.

In accordance with IFRS 8, no segment information is provided for assets and liabilities in the disclosures below, as this 
information is not regularly provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker. 

Segmental analysis continued

3 
The segment results are as follows:

2017

Total revenue

Inter segment sales

Revenue from external customers

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit excluding associates  
and Corporate costs

Share of post tax profits from associates

Corporate costs excluding depreciation and 
amortisation

Corporate depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for year

Capital expenditure

Corporate capital expenditure

Total capital expenditure

Reconciliation of operating profit

Operating profit before associates

Share of post-tax profits from associates 

Corporate operating loss

Total operating profit

Asia
£’000

Continental 
Europe
£’000

49,472

(128)

49,344

12,340

(3,940)

124,739

(13,069)

111,670

46,978

(13,038)

United 
Kingdom 
& Ireland
£’000

53,870

(231)

53,639

12,349

(5,041)

8,400

33,940

7,308

7,227

20,125

15,301

Asia
£’000

8,400

196

–

8,596

Continental 
Europe
£’000

33,940

–

938

34,878

United 
Kingdom 
& Ireland
£’000

7,308

–

(3,975)

3,333

Total
£’000

228,081

(13,428)

214,653

71,667

(22,019)

49,648

196

(2,633)

(404)

46,807

1,488

(256)

48,039

(12,901)

35,138

42,653

820

43,473

Total
£’000

49,648

196

(3,037)

46,807

74

75

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

3 

Segmental analysis continued

2016

Total revenue

Inter segment sales

Revenue from external customers

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit excluding associates  
and Corporate costs

Share of post-tax profits from associates

Corporate costs excluding depreciation and 
amortisation

Corporate depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for year

Capital expenditure

Corporate capital expenditure

Total capital expenditure

Reconciliation of operating profit

Operating profit before associates

Share of post-tax profits from associates 

Corporate operating loss

Total operating profit

Inter-segment revenue mainly relates to sales of equipment.

Asia
£’000

45,364

(865)

44,499

13,633

(3,134)

Continental 
Europe
£’000

United Kingdom 
& Ireland
£’000

100,816

(7,104)

93,712

33,881

(9,718)

46,066

(283)

45,783

11,934

(3,973)

10,499

24,163

7,961

4,623

13,221

4,669

Asia
£’000

10,499

165

–

Continental 
Europe
£’000

United Kingdom 
& Ireland
£’000

24,163

–

737

7,961

–

(3,791)

4,170

10,664

24,900

Total
£’000

192,246

(8,252)

183,994

59,448

(16,825)

42,623

165

(2,918)

(136)

39,734

538

(166)

40,106

(10,907)

29,199

22,513

2,303

24,816

Total
£’000

42,623

165

(3,054)

39,734

Segmental analysis continued

3 
The Parent Company is domiciled in the UK. Total revenue from external customers is as follows:

Total revenue from external customers

Asia and rest of the world

Europe

UK

Total revenue from external customers

Sales of equipment

Sales of spare parts, consumables & services

Other sales

Vending revenue

Total revenue

4  Profit for the year
Costs and overhead items charged/credited in arriving at profit for the year, include the following:

Amortisation, depreciation and impairment

Amortisation of previously capitalised research and development expenditure

Amortisation of intangible assets other than research and development 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

– owned

– leased

Amortisation and impairment of capitalised research and development expenditure is 
reflected in income statement in cost of sales

Amortisation of intangible assets other than research and development 

– reflected in income statement in cost of sales 

– reflected in income statement in administrative expenses

Group

2017
£’000

49,344

115,738

49,571

214,653

2017
£’000

9,971

9,249

331

19,551

195,102

214,653

2017
£’000

1,692

787

2,479

2016
£’000

44,499

95,960

43,535

183,994

2016
£’000

6,590

7,517

183

14,290

169,704

183,994

2016
£’000

1,015

533

1,548

 19,763 

 181 

 19,944 

 15,304 

 109 

 15,413 

864

(77)

 787 

280

253

 533 

76

77

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

4  Profit for the year continued

Operating lease rentals

– property

– plant and equipment

Inventory cost

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Inventory provision (charged)/reversed

Inventory provision reversed relate to provisions which have been reversed during the year.

Other items

Research and development current year expenditure, not capitalised

Own work capitalised

Trade receivables impairment (note 15)

Net foreign exchange (gains)

Gains on sale of property, plant and equipment

Direct expenses for investment properties generating rental income

2017
£’000

 613 

 1,025 

 1,638 

2016
£’000

 396 

 1,866 

 2,262 

 14,674 

 (1,188)

 13,486 

 11,441 

 52 

 11,493 

2017
£’000

 181 

(2,987)

 (170)

 (3,142)

 (887)

84

2016
£’000

 177 

(1,842)

 (45)

 (106)

 (236)

53

Audit and non-audit services
The following fees for audit and non-audit services were paid or are payable to the Company’s auditor, KPMG LLP and its 
associates.

Audit of these financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services

– audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

– other services

Audit fee of the Company

2017
£’000

86

183

21

290

2017
£’000

40

2016
£’000

162

131

21

314

2016
£’000

60

In order to maintain the independence of the external auditors, the Board has determined policies as to what non-audit services 
can be provided by the Company’s external auditors and the approval processes related thereto. This function is performed 
by the Audit Committee. Such services will only be approved if there are clear efficiencies and added value benefits to the 
Company. Fees paid to KPMG LLP and its associates for non-audit services to the Company itself are not disclosed individually, 
as they are included above.

4  Profit for the year continued
In addition to the audit fees payable to KPMG LLP and its associates, certain Group subsidiaries are audited by other firms. The 
following shows the fees payable to those firms:

Audit fees

Other services

Summary

Total fees paid or payable to all the Groups' auditors for audit and other services were 

Other operating income

Other operating income

2017
£’000

101

-

101

2017
£’000

391

2017
£’000

2,203

2016
£’000

67

3

70

2016
£’000

384

2016
£’000

1,306

Other operating income principally includes rental income from investment property (note 13).

Employees

5 
Staff costs, including costs relating to the Group’s key management personnel, who comprise the directors of the parent 
company, during the year, amounted to:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share options granted to directors and employees

Post-employment benefit costs

– defined benefit schemes

– defined contribution schemes

– other post-employment costs

Group

2017
£’000

40,658

8,402

296

220

289

278

2016
£’000

32,653

7,096

413

228

243

243

50,143

40,876

78

79

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Employees continued

5 
Directors’ emoluments
Full details of directors’ remuneration and share options are given in the Remuneration Report on pages 42 to 52. 

The average number of employees during the year (including executive directors) comprised:

Taxation expense

7 
Tax charges/(credits) in the statement of comprehensive income.

Full – time

Part – time

UK: Full – time

UK: Part – time

Continental Europe: Full – time

Continental Europe: Part – time

Asia and rest of the world: Full – time

Asia and rest of the world: Part – time

6 

Finance income and costs

Finance Income

Bank interest

Other interest

Other financial income 

Finance costs

Bank loans and overdrafts at amortised cost

Other loans at amortised costs and finance leases

Group

2017
£’000

975

418

1,393

296

257

518

35

161

126

2016
£’000

950

167

1,117

291

9

507

42

152

116

Taxation

Current taxation

UK Corporation tax

– current year

– prior years

Overseas taxation

– current year

– prior years

Total current taxation

Deferred taxation

1,393

1,117

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

2017
£’000

69

7

1,412

1,488

241

15

256

2016
£’000

528

10

–

538

149

17

166

– current year – UK

– current year – overseas

Adjustments to estimated recoverable amounts of deferred tax assets arising in previous 
years

– UK

– Overseas

Impact of change in rate

Total deferred tax

Tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income

Tax relating to items charged to other components of comprehensive income.

Corporation tax

Deferred tax

Tax credit in other comprehensive income

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2,641

(26)

2,615

8,917

(333)

8,584

11,199

326

1,225

201

(124)

74

1,702

12,901

2017
£’000

1,058

27

1,085

1,965

(15)

1,950

9,023

(64)

8,959

10,909

(520)

256

(15)

205

72

(2)

10,907

2016
£’000

485

52

537

80

81

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

7 
Taxation expense continued
Reconciliation of total tax charge
The difference between the Group tax charge and the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19.92% (2016: 20.0%) is  
explained below:

Profit before tax

Tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 19.92% (2016: 20.0%)

Effect of:

– non-taxable items

– change in UK tax rates

– overseas tax rates

– losses not recognised in deferred tax (relieved)\incurred

– adjustments to tax in respect of prior years

Total tax charge

Effective tax rate

2017
£’000

48,039

9,569

(254)

60

3,809

(1)

(282)

12,901

26.9%

8  Profits attributable to members of the Parent Company
The profit for the year, after tax, dealt with in the financial statements of the Parent Company is £47,569,000 (2016: 
£19,951,000), including dividends received from subsidiaries.

9  Dividends paid and proposed

Interim

2016 paid on 12 May 2016

2015 paid on 14 May 2015

Final

2016 paid 10 November 2016

2015 paid on 12 November 2015

Special

2016 paid 10 November 2016

2017

Pence 
per share

2.575

–

3.285

–

2.815

8.675

£’000

9,669

–

12,365

–

10,595

32,629

2016

Pence 
per share

–

2.340

–

2.540

–

4.880

2016
£’000

40,106

8,021

(227)

112

3,598

(708)

111

10,907

27.2%

£’000

–

8,733

–

9,484

–

18,217

Year ended 30 April 2017 – Proposed dividends not yet paid 
The Board declared an interim dividend of 3.09p per share for the year ended 30 April 2017, amounting to £11,633,000 
which was paid on 11 May 2017. The Board proposes a final dividend for the year ended 30 April 2017 of 3.94p per share, 
which is subject to shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 25 October 2017. 

Year ended 30 April 2016 – Paid after 30 April 2016
The Board declared an interim dividend of 2.575p per share for the year ended 30 April 2016, amounting to £9,669,000 
which was paid on 12 May 2016. The Board proposed a final dividend for the year ended 30 April 2016 of 3.285p per 
share, amounting to £12,365,000 which was 16 paid 10 November 2016 and a special dividend of 2.815p per share which 
was paid on 10 November 2016.

10  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to shareholders of the Parent of 
£34,991,000 (2016: £29,066,000) by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year, excluding those held, 
where applicable, as treasury shares.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net earnings attributable to shareholders of the Parent by 
the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of shares that would 
be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential shares into shares. The Group has only one category of dilutive potential 
shares: the share options granted to senior staff, including directors, as detailed in note 20.

The earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation are set out in the table below:

2017

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
’000

Earnings 
£’000

Basic earnings per share

34,991

376,141

Effect of dilutive share options 

1,321

Diluted earnings per share

34,991

377,462

2016

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
’000

Earnings 
£’000

29,066

374,121

2,514

29,066

376,635

Earnings 
per share 
pence

7.77

(0.05)

7.72

Earnings 
per share 
pence

9.30

(0.03)

9.27

Potential shares (for example, arising from exercising share options) are treated as dilutive only when their conversion to shares 
would decrease basic earnings per share or increase loss per share from continuing operations. 

11  Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
Group 

Cost:

At 1 May 2015

Exchange difference

Additions

At 30 April 2016

At 1 May 2016

Exchange difference

At 30 April 2017

Impairment charges:

At 1 May 2015

Exchange difference

At 30 April 2016

At 1 May 2016

Exchange difference

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:

At 1 May 2017

At 1 May 2016

At 1 May 2015

The addition to goodwill in 2016 relates to the acquisition of operations in the United Kingdom.

£’000

 10,476 

154

 1,273 

 11,903 

 11,903 

 207 

 12,110 

 296 

 1 

 297 

 297 

 1 

 298 

 11,812 

 11,606 

 10,180 

82

83

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

11  Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Company
The Company has no goodwill.

11  Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Other intangible assets
Group

Goodwill by segments and Impairment of goodwill
The table below shows the allocation of goodwill acquired through business combinations between segments.

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to eight  (2016: seven ) cash-generating units (CGUs); allocated 
between geographical areas and activity in accordance with impairment testing in the prior year:

Carrying amount

UK & Ireland

CGU 1

CGU 2

CGU 3

CGU 4

Total UK & Ireland

Continental Europe

CGU 1 – France

CGU 2 – Germany

CGU 3 – Switzerland

Total Continental Europe

Asia

CGU 1 – Japan

Total Asia

Total

Total

2017
£’000

154

14

317

1,273

1,758

301

1,934

574

2,809

7,245

7,245

11,812

2016
£’000

154

14

317

1,273

1,758

280

1,797

526

2,603

7,245

7,245

11,606

The Group tests annually, for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The 
recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined on a value in use basis.

Value in use was determined by discounting the future cash flows of the CGU, for a finite period of five years, based on actual 
operating results, budgets and economic market research. 

Key assumptions
Growth rate 3% (2016: 3%) 

The growth rate has been determined based on a conservative basis for expected annual growth in EBITDA for each CGU and 
takes into account revenue, volumes, selling prices and operating costs. It is based on past experience and expected future 
developments in markets and operations. 

Discount rate 6.5–7.8% (2016: 8–11%)

The pre-tax discount rates applied to the cash flow forecasts for the CGUs are derived from the pre-tax weighted average cost of 
capital for the Group adjusted for economic and political risks for the specific country concerned. 

The rates used are: United Kingdom 7.7%, (2016:8.7%), Ireland 7.6% (2016: 8.1%), France 7.5% (2016: 7.8%), Germany 
6.9% (2016:7.5%), Switzerland 6.5% (2016: 7.3% ) and Japan 6.5% (2016: 7.3%). The Board is confident, overall, that 
these discount rates reflect the circumstances in each region, and are in accordance with IAS 36.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
There is significant headroom for each CGU and management believes that no reasonable possible change in any of the above 
assumptions would cause the carrying value of those CGUs to exceed their recoverable amount. Consequently, no impairment 
losses were recognised in 2017 (2016: none).

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Exchange differences
Additions
– Subsidiaries acquired
– Internally generated
– External
Reclassifications
Disposals
At 30 April 2016
At 1 May 2016
Exchange differences
Additions
– Subsidiaries acquired
– Internally generated
– External
Reclassifications
Disposals
At 30 April 2017
Amortisation:
At 1 May 2015
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Provided during year
Reclassifications
Disposals
At 30 April 2016
At 1 May 2016
Exchange differences
Provided during year
Disposals
Reclassifications
At 30 April 2017
Net book value:
At 30 April 2017
At 30 April 2016
At 30 April 2015

Research & 
development 
costs
£’000

Other 
intangible 
assets
£’000

 8,276 
 577 

–
 2,935 
–
 –
 (5,675)
 6,113 
 6,113 
 364 

–
 2,390 
–
 –
 (984)
 7,883 

 5,634 
 457 
–
 1,015 
–
 (5,675)
1,431
 1,431 
 61 
 1,692 
 (984)
 –
 2,200 

5,683
4,682
2,642

 7,585 
 396 

 255 
–
 286 
 56 
 (578)
 8,000 
 8,000 
 513 

–
–
 4,296 
 13 
 (165)
 12,657 

 3,720 
 189 
 1 
 533 
 43 
 (510)
3,976
 3,976 
 269 
 787 
 (156)
 13 
 4,889 

7,768
4,024
3,865

Total
£’000

 15,861 
 973 

 255 
 2,935 
 286 
 56 
 (6,253)
 14,113 
 14,113 
 877 

–
 2,390 
 4,296 
 13 
 (1,149)
 20,540 

 9,354 
 646 
 1 
 1,548 
 43 
 (6,185)
5,407
 5,407 
 330 
 2,479 
 (1,140)
 13 
 7,089 

13,451
8,706
6,507

Capitalised research and development expenditure is amortised over a maximum of four years, with no residual value. 

Included in the net book value of other intangible assets is £3,216,000 corresponding to droit de bail (2016: £2,343,000 
and 2015: £2,194,000). Also included is £2,846,000 relating to a licence which grants right to use space in Asda stores. The 
useful life of this intangible asset is finite and is being amortised over a 10 year period to October 2026.  This amortisation is 
included within cost of sales.

84

85

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

11  Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Droit de bail, which occur in France, are payments made for the right to occupy a space to site vending equipment. The 
Group has control over the use of these rights and has classified them as having an indefinite life, as the Group considers that 
there is no foreseeable limit to the period in which they can be utilised. Although the Group has no intention of selling these 
rights, there is a value attached to them. These assets are based on cost, being the payments made for the right to occupy the 
space. In determining fair values of such assets for the purpose of impairment testing, the Group has based its assumptions on 
current prices paid for such assets (using actual amounts paid by the Company and/or management estimates for amounts 
paid by third parties) and, where the right has been held for a number of years, the expected sales price, less costs to sell. The 
carrying amount of these intangible assets has been reviewed on an individual basis for impairment testing at least once a year 
and more frequently if there is an indication that they may be impaired. If their fair value is less than their carrying value, an 
impairment loss is recognised and charged to cost of sales. Management believes that no reasonable possible change in the 
basis of this assessment would cause the carrying value of these rights to exceed their recoverable value.

Company

Cost:

At 1 May 2015

Additions

– Internally generated

– External

Disposals

– External

At 30 April 2016

At 1 May 2016

Additions

– Internally generated

– External

Disposals

– Internal

– External 
At 30 April 2017

Amortisation:

At 1 May 2015

Provided during year

Disposals

– External

At 30 April 2016

At 1 May 2016

Provided during year

Disposals

– Internal

– External
At 30 April 2017
Net book value:
At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2015

Research & 
development 
costs
£’000

Other 
intangible 
assets
£’000

Patents & 
trade 
marks
£’000

Total
£’000

–

 1,600 

 5,506 

 7,106 

1,457

–

–

–

1,457

1,457

376

–

(1,833)

–

–

243

–

–

243

 243

314

 (557)

–
–

–

1,214

–

–

 160 

 (475)

 1,285 

 1,285 

–

 34 

 (431)

 (108)
 780 

 826 

 279 

 (475)

 630 

 630 

 275 

 (247)

 (108)
 550 

 230 

 655 

 774 

–

–

 –

 5,506 

 5,506 

–

–

 (5,506)

 - 
–

 1,101 

 551 

–

 1,652 

 1,652 

 277 

 1,457 

 160 

 (475)

 8,248 

 8,248 

 376 

 34 

(7,770)

 (108)
 780 

 1,927 

1,073

 (475)

 2,525 

2,525

 866 

 (1,929)

 (2,733)

–
–

–

 3,854 

 4,405 

 (108)
 550 

 230 

 5,723 

 5,179 

12  Property, plant and equipment
Group

Cost:

At 1 May 2015

Exchange difference

Additions

– new subsidiaries

– internal

– external

Reclassifications

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 30 April 2016

Exchange difference

Additions

– internal

– external

Reclassifications

Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Depreciation

At 1 May 2015

Exchange difference

New subsidiary

Provided during year

Reclassifications

Transfers to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 30 April 2016

Exchange difference

Provided during year

Reclassifications

Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2017

Land & 
Buildings
£’000

Photobooths 
and vending 
machines
£’000

Plant, 
machinery, 
furniture, 
fixtures and 
motor vehicles
£’000

Total
£’000

 6,413 

 437 

 165,899 

 12,376 

 23,747 

 196,059 

 1,608 

 14,421 

 278 

–

 192 

–

 (1,542)

 (719)

 5,059 

 331 

–

 515 

–

 (284)

 5,621 

 5,066 

 366 

 28 

 55 

–

 (1,446)

 (302)

 3,767 

 278 

 92 

–

 (138)

 3,999 

 1,622 

 1,292 

 1,347 

–

 925 

 590 

– 

 868 

 925 

 18,477 

 1,861 

 20,530 

 14 

–

 (9,381)

 188,310 

 12,247

 1,381 

 32,406 

 (77)

 (15,984)

 218,283 

 122,812 

 10,046 

 –

 14,507 

 5 

 (8,728)

 138,642 

 8,732 

 18,673 

 (15)

 (14,334)

 151,698 

 66,585 

 49,668 

 43,087 

 (14)

–

 (2,321)

 25,471 

 1,804 

–

 2,485 

 77 

 (1,700)

 28,137 

–

 (1,542)

 (12,421)

 218,840 

 14,382 

 1,381 

 35,406 

 –

 (17,968)

 252,041 

 19,918 

 147,796 

 1,390 

 11,802 

 291 

 849 

 (5)

 (2,106)

 20,337 

 1,430 

 1,164 

 15 

 (1,591)

 21,355 

 6,782 

 5,134 

 3,829 

 319 

 15,411 

–

 (1,446)

 (11,136)

 162,746 

 10,440 

 19,929 

–

 (16,063)

 177,052 

 74,989 

 56,094 

 48,263 

Internal additions for photobooths and vending machines of £1,381,000 (2016: £925,000) relate to own work capitalised, 
being equipment produced by the subsidiaries and capitalised by the group companies.

Internal disposals in the year ended 30 April 2017 of research and development, other intangible assets and patents and 
trademarks relate to transfers to a fellow UK subsidiary.

86

87

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

12  Property, plant and equipment continued
Included in the above are assets held under finance leases, as follows:

Net book value
Additions/reclassifications
Depreciation charge

2017

2017

2016

2016

Photobooths 
and vending 
machines
£’000

Plant, 
machinery, 
furniture, 
fixtures and 
motor vehicles
£’000

–
–
–

473
135
181

Photobooths 
and vending 
machines
£’000

–
–
–

Plant, 
machinery, 
furniture, 
fixtures and 
motor vehicles
£’000

483
319
109

Assets held for sale at 30 April 2016 and 30 April 2017 for both the Group and the Company of £96,000 consist of a  
Group property.

Company

Cost:
At 1 May 2015
Additions
– internal
– external
Transfer to assets held for sale
Disposals
– internal
– external
At 30 April 2016
Additions
– internal
– external
Disposals
– internal
– external
At 30 April 2017
Depreciation
At 1 May 2015
Provided during year
Transfers to assets held for sale
Disposals
– internal
– external
At 30 April 2016
Provided during year
Disposals
– internal
– external
At 30 April 2017
Net book value:
At 30 April 2017
At 30 April 2016
At 30 April 2015

Land & 
Buildings
£’000

Photobooths 
and vending 
machines
£’000

Plant, 
machinery, 
furniture, 
fixtures and 
motor vehicles
£’000

Total
£’000

 1,642 

 35,681 

 1,054 

 38,377 

 – 
 – 
 (1,542)

 – 
 – 
 100 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 (92)
 8 

 1,545 
 1 
 (1,446)

 – 
 – 
 100 
 – 

 – 
 (92)
 8 

 – 
 – 
 97 

 3,092 
 274 
 –  

 (41)
 (2,197)
 36,809 

 4,788 
 396 

 (41)
 (3,630)
 38,322 

 27,351 
 3,240 
 – 

 (5)
 (2,091)
 28,495 
 3,540 

 (5)
 (2,849)
 29,181 

 9,141 
 8,314 
 8,330 

 – 
 50 
 – 

 – 
 (41)
 1,063 

 – 
 198 

 (130)
 (716)
 415 

 1,001 
 34 
 – 

–- 
 (41)
 994 
 34 

 (81)
 (721)
 226 

 189 
 69 
 53 

 3,092 
 324 
 (1,542)

 (41) 
 (2,238)
 37,972 

 4,788 
 594 

 (171)
 (4,438)
 38,745 

 29,897 
 3,275 
 (1,446)

 (5) 
 (2,132)
 29,589 
 3,574 

 (86)
 (3,662)
 29,415 

 9,330 
 8,383 
 8,480 

12  Property, plant and equipment continued
Internal additions for photobooths and vending machines of £4,788,000 (2016: £3,092,000) relate to new equipment 
produced by subsidiaries and equipment previously capitalised by the Group’s subsidiaries and sold to the parent. Internal 
disposals relate to disposals to subsidiary companies. 

13  Investment property
Group

Cost:

At 1 May 2015

Exchange difference

Additions

At 30 April 2016

Exchange difference

At 30 April 2017

Depreciation

At 1 May 2015

Exchange difference

Provided during year

At 30 April 2016

Exchange difference

Provided during year

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2015

£’000

10,936

790

140

11,866

 908 

12,774

10,478

757

2

11,237

860

15

12,112

662

629

458

The investment property is freehold and is stated at cost.

The property was valued by an independent professional valuer in October 2010, with a value of €12.2m based on a market 
value for similar properties, and on a rental stream valuation of €12.6m. 

Since this valuation was performed, the Group has sold the rights to the future rental stream on the property for the period up to 
April 2019. Funds received in the year ended 30 April 2011 on the original rental stream sale amounted to €9.2m (£8.2m). 
The associated liability is reflected in accruals and deferred income, note 25 €2,188,000 (£1,842,000).

The Board believes at 30 April 2017; the property continues to be worth more than its £662,000 net book value. The 
valuations for future years are expected to increase due to the passage of time and the unwinding of the related deferred rental 
income creditor.

Rental income from the investment property was £1,038,000 (2016: £903,000) (note 4) and finance costs were £21,000 
(2016: £32,000).

The Group will continue to act as a cash collection agent for the underlying lease agreement.

88

89

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

13  Investment property continued
The non-cancellable future minimum rentals receivable on this basis are as follows:

14  Investments in associates and subsidiaries continued
Company

No later than one year

After one year but no more than five years

Company
The Company has no investment property.

14  Investments in associates and subsidiaries
Investment in associates
Group

Cost:

At 30 April 2015

Exchange differences

Additions

Share of profits

At 30 April 2016

Exchange differences

Additions

Share of profits

Dividends

At 30 April 2017

2017
£’000

1,033

1,033

2,066

2016
£’000

956

1,912

2,868

£’000

848

29

671

165

1,713

104

361

196

(279)

2,095

Costs:

At 1 May 2015

Additions

Capital increase relating to share-based payment (net)

At 30 April 2016

Additions

Capital increase relating to share-based payment (net)

Disposals

At 30 April 2017

Provision:

At 1 May 2015

Increase

Decrease

At 30 April 2016

Increase

Decrease

At 30 April 2017

Net book value:

At 30 April 2017

At 30 April 2016

At 30 April 2015

Associated
undertakings
£’000

Subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

407

–

–

407

–

–

–

42,793

2,251

261

45,305

3,069

227

(771)

Total
£’000

43,200

2,251

261

45,712

3,069

227

(771)

407

47,830

48,237

150

7

(150)

7

–

–

7

400

400

257

1,103

1,253

3

(263)

843

–

(450)

393

10

(413)

850

–

(450)

400

47,437

44,462

41,690

47,837

44,862

41,947

The summarised financial information of the principal associates, relating to the Group’s share, is set out below. All companies are 
unlisted.

The net capital increase relating to share-based payments relates to share options granted to employees of subsidiary 
undertakings of the Group. Refer to note 20 for further details on the Group’s share option schemes.

Name

At 30 April 2016

Max Sight Ltd

Photo Direct Pty Ltd

Stilla Technologies SA

Other associates 

At 30 April 2017

Max Sight Ltd

Photo Direct Pty Ltd

Stilla Technologies SA

Other associates 

Country of
incorporation

Assets
£’000

Liabilities
£’000

Revenue
£’000

Profit/(loss)
£’000

Interest
%

The details of all the Group’s subsidiaries and associates are given in note 29.

Hong Kong

Australia

France

Hong Kong

Australia

France

682

419

817

76

1,994

604

418

1,178

91

2,291

125

121

–

35

281

79

74

–

43

662

784

–

91

173

(8)

–

–

1,537

165

777

886

–

107

163

30

–

3

196

196

1,770

33.33

26.95

40.00

33.33

26.95

50.00

15  Financial instruments 
Group Treasury
During the current year ending 30 April 2017, the Group’s centralised Treasury Function operated, having become operational 
in the previous year. The primary aim for this function is to manage liquidity and funding arrangements and the Group’s 
exposure to associated financial and market risks, including credit risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. The general 
approach for Group Treasury is one of risk reduction within a framework of delivering total shareholder return. 

Treasury operations
Overview and policy
Treasury policy is set by the Board. Group treasury activities are subject to a set of controls appropriate for the magnitude of 
the borrowing, investments and group wide exposures. To date the treasury function has limited itself to obtaining surplus cash 
from the subsidiaries and depositing this in bank accounts owned by the Parent Company. Depending on the exchange rate 
determined by the Board bank balances may be converted into sterling, thus creating an exchange rate exposure for the Parent 
but protecting the Group’s total net cash position. The Board has defined an investment strategy, amounts and types of products 
to which the surplus cash may be invested. 

The Board will monitor the performance of the Treasury function and will be responsible for making changes to the personnel 
and limits of authority of Treasury personnel. 

Included in associates is an investment in Stilla Technologies SA, a French company which provides researchers with a universal 
and flexible digital PCR (dPCR) solution for genetic testing. 

The Group has increased its holding in this company during the year.

90

91

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

15  Financial instruments continued
The Board has provided written principles for overall risk management of the Treasury Function. It has also defined policies and 
procedures covering such areas as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of derivative instruments and 
investment of excess liquidity (surplus funds above the immediate and short–term operational funding needs, such as working 
capital requirements).

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will face in meeting is obligations in settling its financial liabilities. The Group’s approach 
to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it has sufficient funds to meet its liabilities when due without incurring unacceptable 
losses. A material and sustained shortfall in the Group’s cash flow could undermine the Group’s credit rating, impair major 
investor confidence and restrict the ability of the Group to raise new funds.

15  (a) Fair values of financial instruments by class continued
Trade and other payables
The fair value of trade and other payables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of 
interest at the balance sheet date if the effect is material. 

IFRS13 requires an analysis of financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method as follows.

Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 –  inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that 

is, as process) or indirectly (that is derived from process)

The Group maintained a strong net cash position throughout the year and preceding year as a result of cash generation from 
the business.

Level 3 – inputs for assets or liability that are not based on observable market data

During the current year and prior year surplus cash held by the operating subsidiaries, over and above balances required for 
working capital management was transferred to Group Treasury. These funds were kept in their local currency, or converted into 
sterling and kept in Parent Company bank accounts which are interest bearing.  

The key objectives for Group Treasury are to protect the principal value of cash and cash equivalents, to concentrate cash at the 
centre to minimise external borrowings, and to maximise the return on cash.

The strong cash generation and retention from the business together with available credit resources help mitigate liquidity risk.

The Group may hold financial instruments (such as bank and other loans) to finance its day to day working capital requirements, 
for capital expenditure, for corporate transactions (such as dividend payments to shareholders, share buybacks, acquisitions), 
for the management of currency and interest rate exposure arising from its operations (which may involve the use of derivatives 
and swaps) and for the temporary investment of short-term funds. With a strong net cash position, the Group largely finances 
its working capital and capital expenditure programmes from its own resources. In addition, financial instruments such as trade 
receivables (amounts due from customers as a result of a sale) and trade payables (arising from purchases of materials and 
services) arise from day to day trading.

The following notes describe the Group’s financial risk management policy and details on financial instruments. 

15  (a) Fair values of financial instruments by class
There is no difference between the fair values and the carrying values of financial assets and financial liabilities held in the 
Group’s or the Company’s statement of financial position. 

Held to maturity, available-for-sale financial assets and derivatives
The fair value is based on quoted prices at the balance sheet date for quoted investments and other valuation methods for 
unquoted investments. For restricted deposit accounts held to maturity, fair value is estimated at the present value of future cash 
flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the balance sheet date.

Trade and other receivables
The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate 
of interest at the balance sheet date if the effect is material. 

Cash and cash equivalents
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is estimated as at its carrying value where cash is repayable on demand. For short-
term cash deposits and other items not repayable on demand, fair value is estimated at the present value of future cash flows, 
discounted at the market rate of interest at the balance sheet date. 

Interest-bearing borrowings
Fair value is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate  
of interest at the balance sheet date. For finance leases the market rate of interest is determined by reference to similar  
lease agreements.

The Group’s financial instruments are fair valued at level 2.

Financial instruments by category
The tables below show financial instruments by category

At 30 April 2017

Assets per statement of financial position

Other financial assets – held to maturity

Other financial assets – available for sale

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Liabilities per statement of financial position

Borrowings

Leases

Trade and other payables excluding non – financial liabilities

At 30 April 2016

Assets per statement of financial position

Other financial assets – held to maturity

Other financial assets – available for sale

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Loans and
receivables
£’000

Available 
for sale
£’000

2,389

–

17,080

47,505

66,974

–

81

–

–

81

Other 
financial 
liabilities at 
amortised 
cost
£’000

10,238

444

39,486

50,168

Loans and 
receivables
£’000

Available 
for sale
£’000

2,253

–

12,247

71,005

85,505

–

75

–

–

75

Total
£’000

2,389

81

17,080

47,505

67,055

Total
£’000

10,238

444

39,486

50,168

Total
£’000

2,253

75

12,247

71,005

85,580

92

93

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

15  (a) Fair values of financial instruments by class continued

Liabilities per statement of financial position

Borrowings

Leases

Trade and other payables excluding non – financial liabilities

Other 
financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£’000

10,381

462

34,005

44,848

Total
£’000

 10,381 

 462 

 34,005 

44,848

15  (b) Financial statement risk management 
Financial risk factors and financial risk management.

Overview
The Group and the Company are exposed to the following risks arising from financial instruments:

(i)  Credit risk

(ii) 

Liquidity risk

(iii)  Market risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group and the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails 
to meet its contractual obligations. It mainly arises on trade and other receivables and bank balances.

Liquidity risk arises from the Group and the Company having insufficient cash resources to meet its obligations as and when 
they fall due for payment.

Market risk arises from changes in market prices, such as exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices that will impact on the 
Group’s and the Company’s income statement or the value of its holding of financial instruments.

Listed below are details of these risks, the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and monitoring risks and the 
Group’s management of capital.

Risk Management Framework
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise 
potential risks for the Group. Information has been disclosed relating to the Parent Company only where material risk exists.

There is a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and managing the key financial risks faced by the Group in line with 
changing market conditions and the Group’s strategy. If necessary, the Group’s internal audit function may assist in monitoring 
and assessing the effectiveness of controls and procedures. The Board retains responsibility for ensuring the adequacy of 
systems for identifying and assessing significant risks, that appropriate control systems and other mitigating actions are in  
place and that residual exposures are consistent with the Group’s strategy and objectives. Assessments are conducted for  
all material entities.

The Group may use derivatives to manage exchange or interest rate risk. Approval for their use is given by the Board and the 
position is monitored constantly. 

With regard to management of interest rate risk, the objectives are to lessen the impact of adverse interest rate movements on 
earnings and shareholders’ funds and to ensure no breach of covenants. This is mainly achieved by reviewing the mix of fixed 
and floating rate borrowings.

The Group’s liquidity risk management involves maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and the availability of funding 
through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities.

15  (b) Financial statement risk management continued
(i)  Credit risk
The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with 
banks and financial institutions, and on outstanding trade and other receivables. Cash deposits are limited to high credit quality 
financial institutions. The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services are made to customers with 
an approved credit history. 

Credit quality of financial assets
Individual Group companies have banking relationships with leading banks in the country in which the Group company 
operates. Surplus cash is placed with Group Treasury bank accounts, as described above. The Group has procedures in place 
to ensure that cash is placed with sound financial institutions.

The Group and the Company trade with a large number of customers, ranging from quoted companies and state organisations 
to individual traders. Individual Group companies have credit control procedures in place before making sales to new customers 
and levels of credit are reviewed in light of trading experience. The normal terms of trade are in the range 30–90 days. The 
collection of outstanding receivables is monitored at both the Group and subsidiary level.

The Group and the Company make provisions against trade and other receivables, such provisions being based on the previous 
credit history of the debtor and if the debtor is in receivership or liquidation.

The maximum credit risk for financial assets is the carrying value.

Trade receivables are normally interest free. The normal terms of settlement are between 30 and 90 days. The balance due 
from Associates of £1,015,000 consists of an interest-bearing loan, based on Euribor plus a margin. Other receivables and 
prepayments and accrued income are interest free.

The movements in provisions are as follows:

At 1 May 

Exchange differences

Charged/(Credited) to income statement

Utilised and other movements

At 30 April

Group

Company

2017
£’000

420

33

(170)

(1)

 282 

2016
£’000

 385 

 70 

 (45)

 10 

 420 

2017
£’000

 591 

–

 16 

–

 607 

2016
£’000

 715 

38

 (162)

 – 

 591 

At 30 April 2017, trade receivables of £2,913,000 (2016: £978,000) were past due and relate to a number of individual 
customers for whom there is no recent evidence of default and therefore are not impaired.

The ageing of net trade current receivables is as follows:

Current

Past due

– overdue 1-30 days

– overdue 31-60 days

– overdue 61 days

Total past due

Total trade receivables

Group

Company

2017
£’000

8,475

545

382

1,986

2,913

11,388

2016
£’000

5,910

210

54

714

978

6,888

2017
£’000

804

18

6

91

115

919

2016
£’000

712

12

7

179

198

910

The credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired is assessed on an individual basis, based on credit 
ratings and experience. Management believes adequate provision has been made for trade receivables.

Amounts due from subsidiaries of £33,272,000 (2016: £3,095,000) are all current.

94

95

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

15  (b) Financial statement risk management continued
(ii)  Liquidity risk
The Group’s liquidity risk management involves maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and the availability of funding 
through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. Trading forecasts indicate that the current facilities provide more than 
sufficient liquidity headroom to support the business for the foreseeable future. The net cash position at 30 April 2017 and 30 
April 2016 has reduced liquidity risk for the Group.

The Group has adequate undrawn facilities and having regard to the Group’s cash flow, it is considered that these facilities 
provide adequate headroom for the Group’s needs. The facilities are generally reaffirmed by the banks annually. These 
undrawn facilities, if used, will be subject to floating rates of interest and may be subject to the normal covenant conditions 
attached to such borrowings.

Certain lending banks may impose loan covenants on borrowings, which are normal for these types of borrowings, and, 
during the years to 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016, the Group and the Company have comfortably complied with such 
requirements.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s and Company’s financial liabilities (including trade and other 
payables) at 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016 based on contractual undiscounted payments.

Group contractual cash flows

At 30 April 2017

Interest bearing loans and borrowings and 
interest free loans

Finance leases

Rental payments

Trade and other payables

At 30 April 2016

Interest bearing loans and borrowings and 
interest free loans

Finance leases

Rental payments

Trade and other payables

Company contractual cash flows

At 30 April 2017

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing group balances including 
interest

Within 
one year
£’000

Year 2
£’000

Year 3
£’000

Year 4
£’000

Year 5
£’000

Over 5 
years
£’000

Total
£’000

2,459

1,765

1,765

1,765

1,765

1,105

10,624

146

1,032

36,144 

141

810

750

104

–

750

45

–

–

8

–

–

–

–

–

444

1,842

37,644

39,781

3,466

2,619

1,810

1,773

1,105

50,554

1,633

1,633

1,633

1,633

1,633

2,794

10,959

156

810

31,374

141

810

200

104

811

–

69

–

–

17

–

–

–

–

–

487

2,431

31,574

33,973

2,784

2,548

1,702

1,650

2,794

45,451

Year 2
£’000

Year 3
£’000

Year 4
£’000

Year 5
£’000

Over 5 
years
£’000

Total
£’000

Within 
one year
£’000

22,375

–

22,375

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

22,375

–

22,375

29,653

15,755

45,408

At 30 April 2016

Trade and other payables

29,453

200

Interest bearing group balances including 
interest

70

15,685

29,523

15,885

15  (b) Financial statement risk management continued
(iii)  Market risk
Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the local 
functional currency. In addition, the Group faces currency risks arising from monetary financial instruments held in non-functional 
currencies. The income statement reflects the impact of realised and unrealised exchange differences on trading items and 
monetary financial instruments (note 4).

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. The 
main currency translation risk relates to foreign operations whose functional currency is the Euro, Swiss franc or Japanese yen. 
The investments are not hedged. The translation reserve reflects the exchange differences arising on translation of the opening 
net assets and results of the foreign operation (note 20).

Operational foreign exchange exposure
Where possible, the Group tries to invoice in the local currency of the respective entity. If this is not possible, to mitigate 
exposure, the Group endeavours to buy from suppliers and sell to customers in the same currency. The exposure relating to 
receivables and payables denominated in the non-functional currency is normally less than 3 months as this is the normal 
settlement period for these items.

Subject to the requirements of Group Treasury, as noted above, where possible, the Group tries to hold the majority of its cash 
and cash equivalent balances in the local currency of the respective entity.

Monetary assets/liabilities
The Group continues to monitor exchange rates and buy or sell currencies in order to minimise the open exposure to foreign  
exchange risk.

The Group may use derivative financial instruments mainly to reduce the risk of foreign exchange exposure on trading items 
(sales or purchases in currencies other than the domestic currency of the company concerned) and interest rate movements. The 
Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for financial trading purposes. 

IFRS 7 sensitivity analysis
The following table shows the impact on profit and equity of a change of 10% in exchange rates, excluding translation risk, 
assuming all other variables held constant. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only.

2017

Profit for the year

Total equity

2016

Profit for the year

Total equity

Reported 
£’000

10% increase 
£’000

10% decrease 
£’000

35,138

129,302

29,199

122,750

35,388

129,537

28,537

121,957

34,815

128,998

29,993

123,630

The exposure in the above sensitivity table is the result of the Group companies having assets (cash and trade and other 
receivables) and liabilities (trade and other payables) in currencies other than their domestic currency, including intergroup 
balances.  At April 2017, the exposure consisted of a net exposure in Sterling of £100,000 and in Euro of £157,000  
(2016: Sterling of £1,529,000 and Euro of £238,000).

Borrowings
At 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016, the Group had no borrowings which were not denominated in the functional currency of 
the Group company concerned.

Held to maturity financial assets
These largely comprise of restricted bank deposit accounts where the cash acts as security against possible shortfalls in the 
funding required to meet future payments in the course of business. 

96

97

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

15  (b) Financial statement risk management continued
Analysis of net cash by currency

Financial 
assets
£’000

Loans
£’000

Leases
£’000

Group

2017

Sterling

Euro

Swiss Franc

US Dollar

Japanese yen

Other currencies

2016

Sterling

Euro

Swiss Franc

US Dollar

Japanese yen

Other currencies

Interest rate risk

Bank
£’000

12,940

23,972

4,045

135

5,200

1,213

47,505

30,103

26,870

2,383

128

9,820

1,701

973

692

724

–

–

–

–

(9,545)

–

–

(693)

–

2,389

(10,238)

971

662

620

–

–

–

–

(10,381)

–

–

–

–

71,005

2,253

(10,381)

Total
£’000

13,863

15,096

4,769

135

4,136

1,213

39,212

30,989

17,116

3,003

128

9,478

1,701

62,415

(50)

(23)

–

–

(371)

–

(444)

(85)

(35)

–

–

(342)

–

(462)

Net cash

Mainly non-interest bearing current accounts:

– Cash at bank and in hand

Deposit accounts – generally interest bearing:

– Bank deposit accounts

– Restricted deposit accounts

Other items

Interest free and interest bearing loans

Interest bearing finance leases

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

47,094

38,368

411

2,389

(10,238)

(444)

39,212

32,637

2,253

(10,381)

(462)

62,415

The above table shows which components of net debt are subject to interest. With the current low interest rates for bank base 
rates worldwide, the interest which can be earned on bank deposits is low. The Group’s exposure to floating rate interest 
bearing debt is small and a change in interest rates will not have a material change on interest expense.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments mainly to reduce the risk of foreign exchange exposure on trading items (sales 
or purchases in currencies other than the domestic currency of the company concerned) and interest rate movements. The Group 
does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for financial trading purposes. There were no derivatives reflected in the 
statement of financial position at 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016.

IFRS 7 sensitivity analysis
With current low interest rates and the Group’s low level of debt financing, the impact on the total interest payable charges 
due to a change of 100 basis points (1%) on borrowings subject to floating rates of interest is not material. Consequently, no 
sensitivity tables have been presented. The Group has total loans outstanding at 30 April 2017 of £10,238,000, of which 
£9,545,000 (30 April 2016 of £10,381,000) are subject to a fixed interest rate of 1.2%. An increase of 1% in the fixed rate 
of interest would result in an extra £ 95,000 interest expense. 

15  (b) Financial statement risk management continued
Terms and debt repayment schedule
The table below shows the maturity profile and interest rates of the Groups borrowings at 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016. 
Floating rate interest borrowings (loans and overdrafts) are based on LIBOR, EURIBOR or equivalent rates in other countries plus 
a margin (generally between 0.45% and 1.0%). 

The Company has no external loans outstanding at 30 April 2017 (2016: none).

Group

Finance leases

Loans

Loans

Status

Fixed rate

Fixed rate

Fixed rate

Currency

Various

Euro

YPY

Interest rate Year of maturity

0.0% –7.2%

1.20%

1.48%

2022

2023

2018

2017 
Carrying 
amount 
£’000

444

9,545

693

2016 
Carrying 
amount 
£’000

462

10,381

–

10,682

10,843

Price risk
The Group and the Company are exposed to changes in prices on raw materials, consumables and finished goods purchased 
from suppliers. Wherever possible, price rises are passed on to customers via sales price increases to help manage this risk. The 
Group does not have material amounts invested in equity securities and thus does not have any significant exposure to price risk 
on equity investments.

15  (c) Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to 
enhance long-term shareholder value, by investing in the business so as to improve the return on investment (by increasing 
profits available for dividends) and by managing the capital gearing ratio (mixture of equity and debt).

The Group manages, and makes adjustments to, its capital structure in light of the prevailing risks and economic conditions 
affecting its business activities. This may involve adjusting the rate of dividends, purchasing the Company’s own shares, the 
issue of new shares and reviewing the level and type of debt. The Group manages its borrowings by appraising the mix of fixed 
and floating rate borrowings and the mix of long-term and short-term borrowings. Details of how the Group and subsidiaries are 
funded are shown below. There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

Group
The Group is funded by share capital and retained earnings; supplemented by external borrowing as required. The Group has 
had a strong net cash position throughout the current and comparative year.

Subsidiary companies
Subsidiary companies are funded by share capital and retained earnings, and where applicable local borrowings by the 
subsidiaries in appropriate currencies.

The capital structure of the Group is presented below.

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings

Net cash (excluding restricted deposits)

Equity

2017
£’000

47,505

(10,682)

36,823

129,302

2016
£’000

71,005

(10,843)

60,162

122,750

The Group has various borrowings and available facilities that contain certain external capital requirements (covenants) that are 
considered normal for these types of arrangements. The Group remains comfortably within all such covenants.

98

99

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

15  (d) Other financial assets held to maturity and available for sale

18  Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Non-Current

Assets held to 
maturity
2017
£’000

2,389

2,389

Assets 
available 
for sale
2017
£’000

81

81

Assets held to 
maturity
2016
£’000

2,253

2,253

Assets 
available 
for sale
2016
£’000

75

75

Assets held to maturity consist of restricted bank deposit accounts – see note 19.

Assets available for sale consist of short-term monetary funds of £nil (2016: £nil) and investments in unlisted entities, net of 
impairment provisions. 

Company

Non-Current

Assets held to 
maturity
2017
£’000

973

973

Assets 
available 
for sale
2017
£’000

–

–

Assets held to 
maturity
2016
£’000

971

971

Assets 
available 
for sale
2016
£’000

–

–

Assets held to maturity consist of restricted bank deposit accounts – see note 19.

16  Trade and other receivables

Non-current assets

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Current assets

Trade receivables 

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Amounts due from associated undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Group

2017
£’000

1,977

48

2,025

11,388

–

1,015

2,700

3,439

18,542

2016
£’000

1,546

2

1,548

6,888

–

51

3,762

2,309

13,010

Company

2017
£’000

–

–

–

919

33,272

–

79

1,077

35,347

2016
£’000

–

–

–

910

3,095

–

171

798

4,974

Non-current other receivables include deposits relating to operating sites and properties. Current other receivables include 
deposits relating to operating sites and properties, indirect and other taxation and other receivables.

17  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

Group

Company

2017
£’000

15,223

118

4,077

19,418

2016
£’000

12,595

40

4,459

17,094

2017
£’000

1,267

–

598

1,865

2016
£’000

850

–

873

1,723

The replacement value of inventories is not materially different from that stated above.

Cash at bank and in hand

Deposit accounts (excluding restricted deposits)

Cash and cash equivalents per statement of  
financial position

Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow

Group

Company

2017
£’000

47,094

411

47,505

47,505

2016
£’000

38,368

32,637

71,005

71,005

2017
£’000

11,515

20

11,535

11,535

2016
£’000

14,732

32,108

46,840

46,840

Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposit accounts with an original 
maturity of less than three months, less bank overdrafts. The amounts placed in short-term deposit accounts depend on the 
immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rate. Cash at bank is generally 
interest free, but may earn interest at the applicable daily bank floating deposit rate.

19  Net cash

Cash and cash equivalents per statement 
of financial position

Financial assets – held to maturity

Non-current instalments due on bank loans

Current instalments due on bank loans

Non-current finance leases

Current finance leases

Notes

18

15

21

21

21

21

The Company’s net cash excludes inter-group financing.

Group

2017
£’000

 47,505 

 2,389 

 (7,894)

 (2,344)

 (298)

 (146)

2016
£’000

 71,005 

 2,253 

 (8,866)

 (1,515)

 (317)

 (145)

Company

2017
£’000

 11,535 

 973 

2016
£’000

 46,840 

 971 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39,212

62,415

12,508

47,811

At 30 April 2017, £2,389,000 of the total net cash (2016: £2,253,000) comprised bank deposit accounts that are subject to 
restrictions and are not freely available for use by the Group and Company. These amounts are shown under financial assets 
held to maturity.

Net cash is a non-GAAP measure since it is not defined in accordance with IFRS but is a key indicator used by management in 
assessing operational performance and financial position strength. The inclusion of items in net cash as defined by the Group 
may not be comparable with other companies’ measurement of net cash/debt. The Group includes in net cash, cash and cash 
equivalents and certain financial assets, mainly deposits, less instalments on loans and other borrowings. 

In calculating the gearing ratio, the Group excludes certain deposit balances that are subject to restrictions and are not freely 
available for use by the Group. These financial assets are shown as held to maturity in the statement of financial position.

100

101

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

19  Net cash continued
The tables below, which are not currently required by IFRS, reconcile the Group’s net cash to the Group’s statement of cash 
flows. Management believes the presentation of the tables will be of assistance to shareholders. Presentation of this information 
is recommended by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) as good practice as being of use to shareholders and analysts, in 
their Financial Lab Project, Net Debt Reconciliations.

20  Share capital and reserves
Share capital
Company

1 May
£’000

Exchange 
differences
£’000

Other 
movements 
£’000

Cash flow 
£’000

30 April
£’000

Allotted, issued and fully paid:

Ordinary shares of 0.5p each

2017
Number

2016
Number

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2016/17

Cash and cash equivalents per statement of 
financial position and cash flow

Financial assets held to maturity

Non-current loans

Current loans

Leases

2015/16

Cash and cash equivalents per statement of financial 
position and cash flow

Financial assets held to maturity

Non-current loans 

Current loans

Leases

71,005

2,253

(8,866)

(1,515)

(462)

62,415

58,632

2,220

–

–

(183)

1,959

165

(678)

(116)

(32)

1,298

3,694

62

–

–

(30)

60,669

3,726

–

–

1,650

(1,650)

(123)

(123)

(25,459)

(29)

–

937

173

47,505

2,389

(7,894)

(2,344)

(444)

(24,378)

39,212

–

–

(76)

(24)

(396)

(496)

8,679

71,005

(29)

(8,790)

(1,491)

147

2,253

(8,866)

(1,515)

(462)

(1,484)

62,415

Other movements for finance leases relates to new finance leases during the year.

Company

2016/17

Cash and cash equivalents per statement of 
financial position and cash flow

Financial asset held to maturity

2015/16

Cash and cash equivalents per statement of financial 
position and cash flow

Financial asset held to maturity

1 May 
£’000

Exchange 
differences 
£’000

Other 
movements 
£’000

Cash flow 
£’000

30 April
£’000

46,840

971

47,811

20,938

967

21,905

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(35,305)

11,535

2

973

(35,303)

12,508

25,902

46,840

4

971

25,906

47,811

At 1 May

Issued in year

– share options

At 30 April

375,478,778

373,229,778

1,877

1,866

996,093

2,249,000

376,474,871

375,478,778

5

1,882

11

1,877

The holders of Ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per 
share at meetings of the Company.

Share options, which have been granted to senior staff, including directors, to purchase Ordinary shares of 0.5p each, are  
as follows:

13 Jul 2016

– 1,123,300

5,492,793 1,123,300

(30,000)

(996,093) 5,590,000

Date options 
granted

29 Jan 2009

20 Jan 2010

12 Jul 2010

At 
30 April 
2016

–

44,093

15,000

4 Jul 2011

125,000

13 Dec 2011

250,000

4 Jul 2012

312,000

9 Jul 2013

1,980,000

11 Jul 2014

1,331,700

9 Jul 2015

1,377,600

15 Dec 2015

57,400

Date options 
granted

29 Jan 2009

20 Jan 2010

12 Jul 2010

At 
30 April 
2015

50,000

44,093

15,000

4 Jul 2011

740,000

13 Dec 2011

250,000

4 Jul 2012

1,926,000

9 Jul 2013

1,980,000

11 Jul 2014

1,331,700

Granted 
during 
year

Lapsed or 
forfeited 
during year

Exercised 
during year

–

(44,093)

At 
30 April 
2017

Exercise 
price

Date from 
which 
exercisable

Last date 
on which 
exercisable

–

–

10.92p  29 Jan 2012  28 Jan 2016

36.37p  20 Jan 2013  19 Jan 2017

–

15,000

36.33p

 12 Jul 2013

 11 Jul 2017

(20,000)

105,000

65.25p

 4 Jul 2014

 3 Jul 2018

–

250,000

53.50p  13 Dec 2014  12 Dec 2018

(50,000)

262,000

39.17p

 4 Jul 2015

 3 Jul 2019

(882,000) 1,098,000

90.63p

 9 Jul 2016

 8 Jul 2020

– 1,331,700

145.33p

 11 Jul 2017

 10 Jul 2021

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(30,000)

– 1,347,600

133.33p

9 Jul 2018

8 Jul 2022

–

–

–

57,400

153.25P 15 Dec 2018 14 Dec 2022

– 1,123,300

141.50p 13 July 2019 12 July 2023

Granted 
during 
year

Lapsed or 
forfeited 
during year

Exercised 
during year

At 
30 April 
2016

Exercise 
price

Date from 
which 
exercisable

Last date 
on which 
exercisable

(30,000)

(20,000)

–

10.92p  29 Jan 2012  28 Jan 2016

–

–

–

–

–

–

44,093

15,000

36.37p  20 Jan 2013  19 Jan 2017

36.33p

 12 Jul 2013

 11 Jul 2017

(615,000)

125,000

65.25p

 4 Jul 2014

 3 Jul 2018

–

250,000

53.50p  13 Dec 2014  12 Dec 2018

– (1,614,000)

312,000

39.17p

 4 Jul 2015

 3 Jul 2019

–

–

–

–

– 1,980,000

90.63p

 9 Jul 2016

 8 Jul 2020

– 1,331,700

145.33p

 11 Jul 2017

 10 Jul 2021

– 1,377,600

133.33p

9 Jul 2018

8 Jul 2022

–

57,400

153.25P 15 Dec 2018 14 Dec 2022

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9 Jul 2015

15 Dec 2015

– 1,377,600

–

57,400

102

103

6,336,793 1,435,000

(30,000) (2,249,000) 5,492,793

Full details of directors’ share options are given in the Remuneration report on pages 42 to 52.

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

20  Share capital and reserves continued
All options can be exercised, in normal circumstances, within a period of four years from the exercise of option date, providing 
that the performance criterion or performance condition has been achieved. The subscription price for all options is based upon 
the average market price on the three days prior to the date of grant. Options are restricted, or may lapse, if the grantee leaves 
the employment of the Group before the first exercise date.

All options are equity settled options.

Options granted after 2005 are covered by the new Photo-Me Executive Share Option Scheme. The vesting of options is subject 
to an EPS-based performance condition relating to the extent to which the Company’s basic EPS for the third financial year, 
following the date of grant, reaches a sliding scale of challenging EPS targets.

Options are normally granted over shares worth up to 150% of a participant’s salary each year. In exceptional cases as part of 
the terms of attracting senior management, options in excess of that number may be granted.

The weighted average exercise price of all options outstanding at 30 April 2017 is 120.1p (2016: 109.5p) and the weighted 
average exercise price of options exercisable at 30 April 2017 is 74.7p (2016: 48.3p).

The weighted average share price for options exercised during the year ended 30 April 2017 was 162.8p  
(30 April 2016: 159.3p).

The weighted average remaining years for options outstanding at the year-end date is 4.3 years (2016: 4.8 years).

Share-based payments
In accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payments, share options granted to senior management including directors after 
November 2002 have been fair-valued and the Company has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model takes 
into account the terms and conditions under which the options were granted.

The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the years ended 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016:

Date of grant

Vesting period

Share price volatility

Share price on date of grant

Option price

Expected term

Dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

Fair value

Date of grant

Vesting period

Share price volatility

Share price on date of grant

Option price

Expected term

Dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

Fair value

29 January 
2009

20 January 
2010

3 years

52.80%

10.75p

10.92p

3 years

69.10%

35.50p

36.37p

12 July 
2010

3 years

70.10%

38.00p

36.33p

3.25 years

3.25 years

3.25 years

0.00%

2.52%

4.693p

0.70%

2.27%

16.36p

04 July 
2011

13 December 
2011

3 years

65.40%

64.00p

65.25p

3 years

63.20%

50.25p

53.50p

3.29%

1.27%

15.95p

04 July 
2012

3 years

58.30%

38.00p

39.17p

3.25 years

3.25 years

3.25 years

3.13%

1.32%

24.46p

4.48%

0.50%

16.38p

6.58%

0.46%

10.23p

20  Share capital and reserves continued

Date of grant

Vesting period

Share price volatility

Share price on date of grant

Option price

Expected term

Dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

Fair value

Date of grant

Vesting period

Share price volatility

Share price on date of grant

Option price

Expected term

Dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

Fair value

09 July 
2013

3 years

48.50%

94.00p

90.63p

11 July 
2014

3 years

39.10%

141.00p

145.33p

09 July 
2015

3 years

30.70%

113.50p

133.33p

3.25 years

3.25 years

3.25 years

4.02%

0.82%

21.00p

3.83%

0.62%

26.20p

15 December 
2015

3 years

26.16%

154.00p

153.25p

2.66%

1.28%

32.20p

13 July 
2016

3 years

26.35%

146.75p

141.50p

3.25 years

3.25 years

3.32%

0.90%

21.78p

3.99%

0.11%

19.72p

The charge for share-based payments is £296,000 (2016: £413,000) and for the Company the charge is £69,000  
(2016: £152,000).

Share price volatility is based on historical volatility.

Reserves
Group
Treasury shares (Group and Company)

In accordance with shareholders’ resolutions passed at Annual General Meetings, the Company may purchase its own shares 
up to a maximum of 10% of the Ordinary shares in issue. At 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2016, the Company held no shares 
in treasury.

Other reserves
Other reserves mainly arise in subsidiaries, are generally not distributable, and arise as a result of local legislation regarding 
capital maintenance. 

Translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign subsidiaries and associates. In accordance with the options allowed under IFRS 1, only exchange rate 
differences arising on translation after the date of transition, 1 May 2004, are shown in this reserve. When an overseas 
subsidiary or associate is disposed, the cumulative exchange difference relating to the entity disposed is recycled through 
the income statement as part of the profit or loss on sale in finance revenue/cost and is shown as a movement in other 
comprehensive income.

Company
Other reserves
The Company’s other reserves include £201,000 (2016: £201,000) arising on the redemption of the deferred shares and 
£1,687,000 (2016: £1,459,000) relating to the fair value of options granted to employees of Group undertakings (note 14).

104

105

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

21  Financial Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Non-current instalments due on bank loans

Finance lease creditors

Current liabilities

Current instalments due on loans

Finance lease creditors

Group

2017
£’000

7,894

298

8,192

2,344

146

2,490

2016
£’000

8,866

317

9,183

1,515

145

1,660

Company

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Bank loans bear interest rates based on LIBOR or foreign equivalent rates appropriate to the country in which the borrowing is 
incurred. Further details are provided in note 15 and in the tables below. Margins are generally between 0.4% and 1.0%.

Obligations under finance leases
The Group has entered into finance lease arrangements for certain items of property, plant and equipment, largely for periods 
of up to four (2016: four) years (note 12). The total finance lease creditor at 30 April 2017 is £444,000, £146,000 due within 
one year and £298,000 due between two and five years, (2016: total finance lease creditor £462,000, £145,000 due within 
one year and £317,000 due within two to five years). 

22  Post-employment benefit obligations
The Company and its principal subsidiaries operate pension and other retirement and post-employment schemes including both 
funded defined benefit schemes, and defined contribution schemes. 

Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit plan is a pension arrangement under which participating members receive a benefit at retirement. The amount 
is determined by the plan rules and is dependent on such factors as age, years of service and pensionable pay and is not 
dependent on contributions made by the Company or members. The income statement service cost, in respect of defined benefit 
plans represents the increase in the defined benefit liability arising from pension benefits accrued by members in the current 
period. The Company having such plans is exposed to investment and other experience risks and may need to make additional 
contributions where it is estimated that the benefits will not be covered by the assets of the plan. As is explained below, the 
defined benefit plan for the Company has been closed to new members for over 30 years. 

The Group’s and the Company’s policy is to recognise actuarial gains and losses immediately each year in the statement of 
changes in equity, under other comprehensive income. These comprise the impact on the defined benefit liability of changes 
in demographic and financial assumptions compared with the start of the year, actual experience being different to those 
assumptions and the return on plans assets above the amount included in net pension interest.

Defined contributions plans are arrangements in which the benefits paid to participants are linked to the amount of contributions 
paid and the performance of the scheme. Such plans are independent of the Company and the Group and the Company and 
the Group have no exposure to investment and experience risks. The income statement charge for these plans represents the 
contributions paid by the Group based on a percentage of employees’ pay.

The Group’s and the Company’s defined benefit pension schemes are included in the statement of financial position under 
employment benefit obligations, as are other overseas retirement provisions. 

The amounts charged to profit and loss for all post-employment benefits are shown in note 5.

The amount shown in the statement of financial position is detailed as follows:

Company defined benefit obligations

Overseas employment benefit obligations

Overseas defined benefit scheme

Group

2017
£’000

–

4,441

1,015

5,456

2016
£’000

–

3,833

922

4,755

Company

2017
£’000

–

–

–

–

2016
£’000

–

–

–

–

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
Photo-Me International plc defined benefit pension scheme
The Company operates a final salary defined benefit scheme in the UK for some long-serving employees, which is funded by 
contributions from the Company and by members of the scheme. This pension scheme (the Photo-Me International plc Pension 
and Life Assurance Fund) is closed to new entrants. The defined benefits are based upon an employee’s years of service and 
final pensionable salary. Actuarial valuations are undertaken triennially by a qualified independent actuary, the most recent 
valuation being at 1 June 2015.  The results of the funding valuation at 1 June 2015 have been adjusted to the balance sheet 
date taking account of experience over the period since 1 June 2015, changes in market conditions, and differences in the 
financial and demographic assumptions. 

Reconciliation of the movement in the present value of the  
defined benefit obligation

Present value of defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

Current service cost

Interest cost

Contributions by members

Actuarial losses/(gains) on fund liabilities arising in demographic assumptions

Actuarial (gains)/ losses from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial (gains)/losses on liabilities from experience

Benefits paid

Present value of defined benefit obligation at end of year

Reconciliation of the movement in the fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Interest income on fund assets

Remeasurement (losses)/gains on assets

Contributions by the Company

Contributions by members

Benefits paid

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Amount to be recognised in the statement of financial position

Present value of funded obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Net assets

Effect of limit of recognition of an asset

Amount recognised in statement of financial position

2017
£’000

6,303

9

202

1

(62)

607

(49)

(372)

6,639

2017
£’000

6,716

216

653

9

1

(372)

7,223

2017
£’000

6,639

(7,223)

(584)

584

–

2016
£’000

6,562

16

210

1

–

(25)

(76)

(385)

6,303

2016
£’000

6,938

223

(75)

14

1

(385)

6,716

2016
£’000

6,303

(6,716)

(413)

413

–

The actuarial valuation of the UK Pension scheme has revealed a surplus at 30 April 2017, 30 April 2016 and 30 April 2015. 
This surplus has not been recognised as an asset, in accordance with IFRIC14, as in the future the surplus will not be recovered 
by a reduction in future contributions to the scheme. The scheme has been closed to new members for over 30 years.

106

107

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
The cumulative amount of remeasurement gains and losses recognised since 1 May 2004 in the Group and Company 
statements of comprehensive income, within other comprehensive income, is a loss of £1,375,000 (2016: loss of £1,375,000) 
in respect of the Company’s defined benefit scheme. This has been charged to retained earnings.

Amount recognised in profit and loss and other comprehensive income

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

Amount recognised in profit and loss

Current service cost

Interest on net defined liability/(asset)

Total charge

Pension expense recognised in profit and loss

Remeasurement in Other Comprehensive Income

Return on Scheme assets (in excess of)/below that recognised in net interest

Actuarial (gains)/losses due to changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial (gains)/losses due to changes in demographic assumptions

Actuarial (gains)/losses on liabilities arising from experience

Adjustment due to the asset ceiling

Total (income)/expense amount recognised in Other Comprehensive Income

Total (income)/expense amount recognised in Comprehensive Income 

The amounts shown above are included in staff costs (note 5) and in administrative expenses.

An analysis of the assets of the plan is as follows:

9

–

9

9

(653)

607

(62)

(49)

157

–

9

Bonds

Insurance policies

Other

2017

2016

£’000

4,090

3,133

–

7,223

%

57

43

–

100

£’000

3,613

3,035

68

6,716

16

–

16

16

75

(25)

–

(76)

24

(2)

14

%

54

45

1

100

There were no financial instruments of the Company included in the plan assets (2016: none) and there were no property assets 
occupied by the Company (2016: none).

Principal actuarial assumptions

Discount rate for scheme liabilities

Rate for increase in salaries

Price inflation

Pension increases

30 April 2017
100

30 April 2016
0

2.50

1.50

3.30

3.00

3.30

3.90

2.90

2.90

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
The mortality tables used for 2017 are S2NXA Light tables for males and S2NXA all lives for females, with CMI 2014 
projections and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.5% pa. The mortality tables used for 2016 are S1NXA Light tables with 
CMI2014 projections and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.5% pa. The mortality assumptions allow for expected future 
improvements in mortality rates.

Male currently aged 65

Female currently aged 65

Male currently aged 45

Female current aged 45

Fair value of defined benefit obligation

Fair value of assets

Surplus/(deficit)

Experience (losses)/gains on fund assets

Experience gains/(losses)on plan liabilities 

– as a percentage of present value of plan liabilities

Differences between expected and actual return on 
plan assets

– as a percentage of present value of plan assets

2017

2016

24.1 years (age 89.10)

24.1 years (age 89.10)

25.3 years (age 90.30)

25.5 years (age 90.50)

26.2 years (age 91.20)

26.1 years (age 91.10)

27.5 years (age 92.50)

27.8 years (age 92.80)

2017
£’000

6,639

7,223

584

2017
£’000

653

49

–

–

–

2016
£’000

6,303

6,716

413

2016
£’000

(75)

76

–

–

–

2015
£’000

6,562

6,938

376

2015
£’000

581

(40)

–

–

–

2014
£’000

5,922

6,379

457

2014
£’000

(357)

246

–

–

9.0%

2013
£’000

6,696

6,973

277

2013
£’000

–

(731)

(11.0%)

602

(3.0%)

The figure of liabilities for 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 relates to gains/(losses) in respect of liability experience only, 
and excludes any change in liabilities in respect of changes to the actuarial assumptions used. 

Sensitivity to key assumptions
The key assumptions used for the IAS 19 valuation are: discount rate, inflation rate and mortality. If different assumptions were 
used, this could have a material effect on the results disclosed. The table below shows the sensitivity to the key assumptions 
noted above.

Year ended 30 April 2017

As reported

Following a 0.1% decrease in the discount rate

Following a 0.1% increase pa in the inflation 
assumption

Following an increase in the life expectancy of 
one year

Service 
cost 
£’000

Net 
Interest 
£’000

Total profit 
and loss 
charge 
£’000

9

9

9

9

–

–

–

–

9

9

9

9

Plan 
assets 
£’000

7,223

7,253

Defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£’000

6,639

6,722

7,226

6,659

7,421

6,991

Surplus 
£’000

584

531

567

430

The sensitivity information shown above has been prepared using the same method as adopted when adjusting the results of the 
latest valuation to the balance sheet data. This is the same approach as has been adopted in previous years.

108

109

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
Overseas post-employment benefit obligations
Provisions for obligations to make termination payments on retirement, to employees who are not members of the pension and 
retirement schemes, are as follows:

• 

• 

 The Group’s Japanese subsidiary undertaking, Nippon Auto-Photo K.K., has an unfunded post-employment retirement 
provision based on an employee’s length of service with the company and their current salary. The allowance is paid 
to an employee when they leave the company. This has been provided for in full within the accounts. Nippon Auto –
Photo K.K, agreed with the employees that 50 % of the liability for the retirement provision will be paid in cash to an 
independently controlled defined contribution scheme, with the balance to be met by the company when the  
employee leaves.

 To meet the legal obligations within France, the Group’s subsidiary undertakings have unfunded retirement provisions, 
which were valued by an independent actuary using the Projected Unit Credit Method at 30 April 2017 and 30 April 
2016. This actuarial valuation incorporated the following principal assumptions in arriving at the present value of  
the obligations:

Discount rate

Rate of increase in salaries

Retirement age

Inflation rate

Mortality table

2017

1.35%

2.00%

2016

1.35%

2.00%

62-64 years

62-64 years

2.00%

2.00%

TGH/TGF 05

TGH/TGF 05

Management believes that the book value for retirement obligations in France fairly states the position at 30 April 2017 and  
30 April 2016.

The movement on these schemes is as follows:

At 1 May

Exchange differences

Utilised and other movements

At 30 April

2017
£’000

3,833

304

304

4,441

2016
£’000

3,318

373

142

3,833

Utilised and other movements for 2017 include amounts reflected in other comprehensive income, amounts charged to profit 
and loss and amounts paid to employees.

Overseas pension schemes
The Group’s Swiss subsidiary, Prontophot (Schweiz) A.G. participates in funded multi-employer pension schemes. A guaranteed 
return for such employees’ schemes is mandated by the Swiss state. An actuarial valuation was performed at 30 April 2017 
and 30 April 2016 by independent actuaries. 

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
Reconciliation of the movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligation

Present value of defined benefit obligation at 1 May

Exchange difference

Contribution by members

Current service cost

Interest cost

Remeasurement losses on plan liabilities

Prepaid risk premiums

Benefits deposited/(paid)

Administration costs

Present value of defined benefit obligation at 30 April

Fair value of plan assets at 1 May

Exchange difference

Contributions by company and members

Expected return on plan assets

Remeasurement gain on plan assets

Benefits (paid)/deposited

Prepaid risk premiums

Fair value of plan assets at 30 April

Net liability at 1 May

Exchange difference

Increase/(decrease) in liability

Net liability at 30 April

2017
£’000

3,526

317

42

203

20

186

(63)

(171)

2

4,062

2017
£’000

2,604

234

211

14

218

(171)

(63)

3,047

2017
£’000

922

83

10

1,015

2016
£’000

3,381

97

36

203

27

107

(61)

(265)

1

3,526

2016
£’000

2,491

71

181

19

168

(265)

(61)

2,604

2016
£’000

890

25

7

922

110

111

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
Amounts recognised in comprehensive income

22  Post-employment benefit obligations continued
History of assets, liabilities and actuarial gains and losses

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

Amount recognised in profit and loss

Service costs

Current service cost

Administrative expenses

Net pension interest

Total charge

Amount recognised in other comprehensive income

Return on scheme assets

Actuarial losses on defined benefit obligation

Total amount recognised in other comprehensive income

Total amount recognised in profit and loss and other comprehensive income

203

2

6

211

(218)

186

(32)

179

2017

2016

Cash

Equities & debt instruments

Other

Total plan assets

Principal actuarial assumptions

Discount rate

Expected return on plan assets at end of year

Rate of increase in salaries

Price inflation

£’000

51

2,077

919

3,047

%

2

68

30

100

£’000

73

1,753

778

2,604

30 April 
2017
%

0.60

n/a

2.00

0.00

203

1

8

212

(168)

107

(61)

151

%

3

67

30

100

30 April 
2016
%

0.50

n/a

2.00

0.00

The normal retirement age for males is between 60 – 65 years and for females between 59 – 64 years for both 2017 and 2016.

The mortality tables used in 2017 and 2016 were the BVG2015 GT tables; 2015, 2014 and 2013 used the BVG 2010 GT tables. 
.

Present value of defined benefit obligation

Fair value of assets

Deficit

Experience (losses)/gains on plan liabilities 

–  as a percentage of the present value of plan 

liabilities

Difference between expected and actual return

on plan assets 

– as a percentage of the present value of plan assets

2017
£’000

4,062

3,047

2016
£’000

3,526

2,604

2015
£’000

3,381

2,491

2014
£’000

2,529

2,205

2013
£’000

2,383

2,002

(1,015)

(922)

(890)

(324)

(381)

2017
£’000

(186)

2016
£’000

(107)

2015
£’000

(571)

0

3%

(17%)

218

7%

168

6%

94

3%

2014
£’000

78

3%

1

0%

2013
£’000

205

9%

98

5%

The 2016, 2015 and 2014 figures in the table above represent actuarial gains on plan liabilities and plan assets.

Sensitivity to key assumptions
The key assumptions used for the IAS 19 valuation are: discount rate, inflation rate and mortality. 

If different assumptions were used, this could have a material effect on the results disclosed.

The table below shows the sensitivity to the key assumptions noted above. 

Defined benefit obligation as reported

Defined benefit obligation 

– with discount rate – 0.25%

– with discount rate + 0.25%

– with salary decrease – 0.25%

– with salary increase + 0.25%

– with life expectancy + 1 year

– with life expectancy – 1 year

Defined benefit 
obligation
£’000

Increase/(decrease) 
in defined benefit 
obligation
£’000

4,062

4,258

3,880

4,029

4,096

4,125

3,996

–

196

(182)

(33)

34

63

(66)

The Group’s best estimate for contributions to be paid by the company next year to the scheme is £189,000 (2016: 
£215,000).

The amount recognised in the income statement for this scheme was £211,000.

112

113

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

23  Provisions 
Group

At 30 April 2015

Exchange differences

Utilised and other movements

Charged to income statement

At 30 April 2016

Amount shown as non-current liability

Amount shown as current liability

At 30 April 2016

Exchange differences

Utilised and other movements

Charged to income statement

At 30 April 2017

Amount shown as non-current liability

Amount shown as current liability

Employee
related claims
£’000

Product
warranties
£’000

1,049

63

(314)

97

895

–

895

895

895

103

(88)

(861)

49

–

49

49

185

7

(117)

–

75

–

75

75

75

7

(1)

(37)

44

–

44

44

Other
£’000

4,323

229

Total
£’000

5,557

299

(1,495)

(1,926)

86

3,143

10

3,133

3,143

3,143

307

(493)

(978)

1,979

–

1,979

1,979

183

4,113

10

4,103

4,113

4,113

417

(582)

(1,876)

2,072

–

2,072

2,072

Employee related claims
Certain overseas Group undertakings have made provision for claims made by former employees. 

Other provisions
Other provisions include provisions of £1,500,000 for potential legal claims against certain Group companies. These have 
been assessed by management based on legal advice and are expected to be resolved in the following year.

Company

At 30 April 2015

Utilised and other movements

At 30 April 2016

Amount shown as non-current liability

Amount shown as current liability

At 30 April 2016

Utilised and other movements

At 30 April 2017

Amount shown as non-current liability

Amount shown as current liability

Employee
related claims
£’000

Product
warranties
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

17

(7)

10

10

–

10

10

(10)

–

–

–

–

17

(7)

10

10

–

10

10

(10)

–

–

–

–

114

24  Deferred taxation
Deferred tax comprises:

Timing difference relating to property, plant and equipment

Other timing differences in recognising revenue and expense items 
in other periods for taxation purposes:

– research and development

– post-employment benefit provisions

– losses

– other short term temporary differences

The closing balance comprises:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

The movements on deferred taxation during the year were as follows:

Group

Company

2017
£’000

1,025

2016
£’000

(447)

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

(1,465)

(1,881)

572

842

(1,796)

(1,400)

(352)

(972)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(370)

(346)

(2,329)

(1,835)

(2,227)

(4,216)

1,887

(2,329)

(1,835)

(2,227)

–

–

(1,835)

(2,227)

(220)

(135)

(554)

(3,641)

3,087

(554)

Opening balance

Exchange differences

Newly acquired subsidiary

Charge/(Credit) for the year in income statement

Amounts (credited)/charged to other comprehensive income

Closing balance

Group

Company

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

(2,329)

(2,445)

(2,227)

(1,702)

75

25

1,702

(27)

(554)

115

55

(2)

(52)

–

–

374

18

–

–

(464)

(61)

(2,329)

(1,835)

(2,227)

Temporary differences associated with Group investments
Unremitted earnings of overseas affiliates
No deferred tax liability has been recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries, as no tax is expected to be 
payable on them in the foreseeable future based on current legislation or where the Group is able to control the remittance of 
earnings and it is possible that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets amounting to £1,220,000 (2016: £958,000) arising on temporary differences of £5,052,000 (2016: 
£3,809,000), in respect of unrelieved tax losses and other temporary differences have not been recognised, as their future 
economic benefit is uncertain.

An analysis of the unrecognised deferred asset by the expiry dates of unrelieved tax losses is as follows:

Expiring in less than one year

Expiring between two and 20 years

No expiry date

Group

2017
£’000

–

228

992

1,220

2016
£’000

–

81

877

958

115

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

24  Deferred taxation continued
In addition, the Group has an unrecognised deferred tax asset on gross capital losses of £3,756,000 (2016: £3,765,000), 
of which £3,627,000 (2016: £3,627,000) relate to the Company, which have not been recognised as their future economic 
benefit is not certain. 

Factors that may affect future tax charges in the UK
There will be a reduction in the corporate tax rates in two of the major jurisdictions in which the Group operates, in the UK to 
17% from 2020, and in France to 28% from 2019. The deferred tax assets and liabilities have been recognised based on the 
respective corporation tax rates at which they are anticipated to unwind in each jurisdiction.

25  Trade and other payables

Amounts shown as non-current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Amounts shown as current liabilities

Trade payables

Amounts owed to subsidiaries

Other taxes and social security costs

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Group

2017
£’000

–

1,500

810

2,310

2016
£’000

–

200

1,621

1,821

24,650

19,672

3,585

–

2,700

5,785

6,741

–

17,496

3,624

5,435

7,077

783

395

899

39,876

35,808

23,158

Company

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

200

4,015

34,246

721

295

6,512

45,789

Included in other payables current and non- current for both the Group and the Company is the balance of deferred 
consideration for the acquisition of business combinations and subsidiary undertakings as shown in note 30 Business 
combinations and disposals.

Included in accruals and deferred income is the liability relating to the sale of the future rental stream on the investment property 
(note 13).

26  Operating leases and Site Agreements
The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Land and buildings

Not later than one year

After one year but not more than five years

After five years

Other

Not later than one year

After one year but not more than five years

After five years

Total

Not later than one year

After one year but not more than five years

After five years

Site owner agreements

Not later than one year

After one year but not more than five years

After five years

Group

Company

2017
£’000

742

1,197

177

2,116

1,172

1,991

–

2016
£’000

667

1,241

144

2,052

1,133

1,712

6

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

25

–

–

25

633

1,165

–

144

229

–

373

462

927

–

3,163

2,851

1,798

1,389

1,914

3,188

177

5,279

5,263

7,743

2,538

15,544

1,800

2,953

150

4,903

6,836

10,336

3,451

20,623

658

1,165

–

606

1,156

–

1,823

1,762

1,399

1,381

–

1,273

884

1

2,780

2,158

Lease arrangements
The Group and the Company have entered into operating lease agreements in respect of property, plant and machinery, the 
majority of which are for motor vehicles.

Site owner agreements
The Group and the Company have entered into various commission agreements with site-owners enabling the Group and the 
Company to site vending equipment for a number of years. The amounts shown in the table above represent the minimum fixed 
commission payable. Certain agreements may, in addition, have clauses where additional commission is payable based on a 
percentage of revenue generated, above a specified amount.

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS16 Leases which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019. Under this standard all leases, both finance and operating will be included on the balance sheet. The Group is currently 
studying the impact of IFRS 16 on its operating leases and in regard to commission arrangements, whether these arrangements will 
meet the definition of a lease. 

116

117

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

27  Capital commitments and contingent liabilities
Capital commitments
The table below shows the amount of capital commitments with third parties for property, plant and equipment and the amounts 
placed with the Group’s procurement companies for vending equipment. 

28  Related parties continued
Sales of goods and services, purchases and year end balances 

Amounts with third parties

For supply of property, plant & equipment – mainly vending 
equipment

Amounts with Group companies

Group

Company

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

Sales of goods and services

Associates

4,496

8,942

–

17

Trade and other receivable balances

Associates

Group

Company

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

166

166

1,015

1,015

84

84

51

51

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

All transactions with related parties were conducted at arm’s-length in the ordinary course of business.

The trade and other receivable balances with related parties and associates arise from normal trading and do not include any 
security or any other consideration. 

Included in trade and other receivable balances with associates is an interest-bearing loan of £1,015,000.

The trade and other payable balances arise from normal trading.

The Company has the following transactions with related parties.

Defined benefit pension scheme
Administration costs of company defined benefit scheme

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

44

47

Amount of vending equipment contracted by the Group’s operating 
Companies with the Group’s procurement companies

669

1,398

669

1,394

Contingent liabilities
The Company and subsidiary undertakings have given other guarantees in the normal course of business to third parties. No 
losses are expected from guarantees given by the Company and subsidiary undertakings.

In the opinion of the directors, adequate provision has been made for claims and legal disputes and the directors thus consider 
that no contingent liability for litigation exists.

The Group has no contingent liabilities with regard to its interest in the associated undertakings (2016: none).

28  Related parties
The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

Directors’ compensation

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits excluding long-term 
incentives and pension contributions

Post-employment benefits

Share– based payments – charge

Group

Company

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

1,647

1,360

1,647

1,360

81

40

80

117

81

40

80

117

1,768

1,557

1,768

1,557

The remuneration of the directors, both executive and non-executive, of the Company, who are the key management personnel 
of the Group, is set out in the table above. These figures include amounts payable to third party companies for services of the 
directors. Further information about the remuneration of the directors is given in the Remuneration report on pages 42 to 52. 
Certain executive directors, with UK salaries, are entitled to join the Company’s Group Personal Pension Plan, to which the 
Company contributes 5% of their basic salaries. The charge for the year was £nil (2016: £3,000). No director who served 
during the year was a member of the Company’s defined benefit pension scheme (2016: none).

Directors of the Company control 22.54% of the Ordinary shares of the Company. The interests of the directors in the share 
capital of the Company are shown on page 49 of the Remuneration report.

118

119

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

28  Related parties continued

Transactions with subsidiaries
Sales
Purchases
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Other items
Interest due from subsidiaries
Interest paid to subsidiaries
Intercompany fee due from subsidiaries
Intercompany fees charged by subsidiaries
Property, plant and equipment
– sold to subsidiaries
– acquired from subsidiaries
Intangible assets
– sold to subsidiaries
Dividend income
– from subsidiaries

Transactions with Associates
Dividends received from associates

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

159
9,103
33,272
17,496

5
69
7,832
2,763

85
4,788

5,037

72
5,428
3,095
34,246

5
73
7,458
1,591

36
3,092

–

40,084

10,692

2017
£’000

279

2016
£’000

–

29  Group undertakings
This disclosure is made in accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended by the Companies, Partnerships and Groups (accounts and 
reports) Regulations 2015. A full list of subsidiary undertakings and associated undertakings (showing country of incorporation, 
which is also the main trading location of the company, the effective percentage of equity shares held) and full registered office 
addresses at 30 April 2017 are shown below. Unless indicated otherwise the equity shares held are in the form of ordinary shares 
or common stock.

Principal group undertakings which affect the financial statements of the Group are highlighted in bold. Together with the parent 
company, Photo-Me international plc, these companies contributed over 90% of the Group’s revenue and operating profit.

Company name

UK & Ireland

Principal 
Activity

Group 
interest Registered office address

Country of 
incorporation 

c/o Photo-Me International plc, Church Road, Bookham, 
Surrey, KT23 3EU

England & Wales

Fowler UK.Com Limited Operations 100%
Jolly Roger 
(Amusement Rides) 
Limited

Production
MgInvest Investments Limited Investment
Photo-Me (2016) Limited
Photo-Me (Retail) 
Limited
Photo-Me Limited

Dormant

Photo-Me Trustees Limited
Power-Me Limited
Xpand Investments Limited
Impact (Web Services) 
Limited

Photo-Me Ireland Limited

Operations 100%

Continental Europe

100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales
100%* 12 Catherine Street, Warrington, Cheshire, WA5 0LH
England & Wales
100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales

Operations 100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales
100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales
Corporate
100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales
Dormant
100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales
Dormant
100% Photo-Me House,  Church Road, Bookham, Surrey, KT23 3EU England & Wales
Investment

Dormant

100%

Unit A4, Alexander House, Tallaght Cross East, Tallaght, 
Dublin 24
Unit A4, Alexander House, Tallaght Cross East,Tallaght, 
Dublin 24

Republic  
of Ireland
Republic  
of Ireland

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Photo-Me Czech Republic 
s.p.o.l. s.r.o.
KIS SAS
Photomaton SAS

Photo-Me France SAS
SCI du Lotissement 
d’Echirolles
Property
SCI Immobilière du 21 Property
Stilla Technologies SA                           
(associate)
Fotofix-
Schnellphotoautomaten 
G.m.b.H.

Bio- 
technology 50%

100%* Husova 2117, 256 01 Benešov
100%* 7 Rue Jean-Pierre Timbaud, 38130 Echirolles

Dormant
Trading
Operations 100%* 4 Rue de la Croix Faron, 93217 La Plaine Saint-Denis
Investment

100% 7 Rue Jean-Pierre Timbaud, 38130 Echirolles

Czech Republic
France
France
France

2110 Avenue Du Général De Gaulle, 38130 Echirolles

61%*
100%* 7 Rue Jean-Pierre Timbaud, 38130 Echirolles

France
France

1, Mail du Professeur Georges Mathé, 94800 Villejuif

France

Operations 100% Medienstrasse 4, 47807 Krefeld
Dormant

Kis Italia Srl 
Prontophot Holland B.V Operations 100% Loonseweg 14, 5527 AC Hapert 
KIS Poland s.p.z.o.o.

Operations 100% ul. Targowa 46/5, 03-733 Warszawa

100% Via Tiziano 32, 20145 Milano

Animate Fotofixe 
Limitada

Operations 100% Rua Sto António do Zaire, n°138, 2685-492 Camarate
KIS Automatic Services SL Operations 100% Calle Freixa 26-28, Planta Bj, 08021 Barcelona, Spain
Copyphot SA
Photo-Me Suisse SA
Prontophot  
(Schweiz) AG

Operations 100%* Sonnentalstrasse 5, 8600  Dübendorf
Dormant

Operations 100% Sonnentalstrasse 5, 8600  Dübendorf

100% Rue du Rhône 65, 1204 Genève

Germany
Italy 
Netherlands
Poland 

Portugal
Spain
Switzerland
Switzerland

Switzerland

Asia & ROW

Photo Direct Pty Ltd                                 
(associate)
Photo-Me (Shanghai) 
Co Limited

Sales & 
Servicing

26.95% Unit 4, 109 Whitehorse Rd, Blackburn, Victoria 3130

Australia

Operations 100%*

Room 1102 Tongyong Tower, No. 1346 Gong he Xin Road, 
Zha bei District, Shanghai 200070
Room 1124, Ocean Natural Xintiandi, No.106 East Majiapu 
Road, Fengtai District, Beijing 100000

China

China

Photo-Me Beijing Co Limited  Operations 100%*

Fullwise International Limited                
(associate)
Max Sight Limited                                      
(associate) 
Photomaton Maroc  SARL                                 
(associate)
Nippon Auto-Photo 
Kabushiki Kaisha

Photo-Me Korea Company 
Limited
Photomatico (Singapore) Pte 
Limited

Dormant

33.33% 48 Yee Wo Street, 14/F McDonald's Bldg, Causeway Bay

Hong Kong

Operations 33.33% 48 Yee Wo Street, 14/F McDonald's Bldg, Causeway Bay

Hong Kong

Operations 50%

Operations 100%

Operations 100%*

131, Bd d'Anfa, Casablanca, 20250             
Room 1302, Atlas Tower Roppongi, Roppongi 7-7-13,  
Minato-Ku, 106 0032 Japan
Room #203-1, Daeryung techno town 1st, Gasan Digital 2 
ro 18, Geumcheon-gu, Seoul, 08592

Morocco

Japan

Korea

Operations 100% 26 Sin Ming Lane, Singapore 573971

Singapore

KIS (Thailand) Limited

Dormant

49%

KIS USA LLC
KIS Technology Company 
Limited

Operations 100%

Trading 

100%

53/3, 4th Floor, Unit 4, Goldenland Bldg, Soi 
Mahardlekluang 1, Badmiri Rd, Lumpini Phathumwan, 
10330 Bangkok
150 Fayetteville Street, Box 1011, Raleigh, N Carolina, 
27601
P.1003, Ford Thang Long Building, 105 Lang Ha Street, Ba 
Dinh district, Hanoi 

Thailand

USA

Vietnam

Prontophot Austria G.m.b.H. Operations 100% Viktor Kaplan Strasse 9B, 2201 Gerasdorf bei Wien
Prontophot Belgium NV Operations 100% Boulevard Paepsem 8a, 1070 Anderlecht

Austria
Belgium

120

121

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 April 2017

30  Business combinations and disposals
Business combinations
Current year
The Group completed its acquisition of the Photo Division of Asda Stores Limited (“Asda”) on 31 October 2016 and trading 
commenced on 1 November 2016 in this activity under the name Photo-Me Retail Limited.

The table below shows the assets acquired and the consideration paid and payable.

Prior year business combinations 
Business combinations
The Group completed its acquisition of 100% of the share capital and voting interests in Fowler UK.com Ltd (“Fowler”) in  
early November 2015. Fowler is a UK company which supplies and installs laundry and catering equipment. The acquisition 
was effective on 1 October 2015 and Fowler was consolidated in the Group’s consolidated results and balance sheet from  
that date. 

The table below summarises the fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and the consideration paid.

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventory

Total assets 

Satisfied by 

Trade and other payables

Deferred consideration

Cash paid 

Total consideration paid and deferred consideration

£’000

2,965

348

500

3,813

£’000

500

2,250

1,063

3,813

On 31 October 2016, the Group completed the acquisition of the UK photo division of Asda Stores Limited. The addition of 
363 sites previously managed by Asda, 119 photo centres and 172 self-service corners, has extended our presence in the 
UK market.  This acquisition reported a loss of £1.8m in the period to 30 April 2017 and turnover in the period to 30 April 
2017 was £5.3m.  The reconfiguration of layouts and equipment upgrades which are being implemented as well as ongoing 
operational measures, are expected to restore the profitability of the business in the short term and progressively expand 
profitability going forward. 

An intangible asset of £2,965,000 has been included in the other intangible additions totalling £4,296,000 (note 11), that 
relates to the operating licence for 10 years in the Asda stores. 

A deferred consideration of £2,250,000 is payable in equal instalments over 3 years from the anniversary of the date of 
acquisition. 

Disposals
During the year, the Group has disposed of its 100% interest in Camden Management Services Ltd, a small operating company 
in the United Kingdom and two dormant companies were dissolved.

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Borrowings

Deferred tax

Trade and other payables

Current tax

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Total net assets excluding net cash and cash equivalents

Goodwill

Goodwill and total identifiable net assets

Cost of investment

Deferred consideration

Cash flow as per Company Statement of Cash Flows

Net cash acquired

Net cash consideration per Group Statement of Cash Flows 

£’000

253

549

265

280

209

1,556

178

55

289

56

578

978

947

1,273

2,251

2,251

400

1,851

209

1,642

122

123

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Five Year Summary

Company Information & Advisors

Registered in England and Wales
Number 735438

Registered Office
Church Road
Bookham Surrey
KT23 3EU

Tel:  +44 (0) 1372 453399
Fax: +44 (0) 1372 451044
Web: www.photo-me.com
e-mail: ir@photo-me.co.uk

Auditor
KPMG LLP
1 Forest Gate
Brighton Road
Crawley
RH11 9PT

Brokers
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street
London 
EC2V 7QR

finnCap Limited
60 New Broad Street
London
EC2M 1JJ

Bankers
Lloyds Bank plc
25 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7HN

Santander UK plc
2 Triton Square
Regent’s Place
London
NW1 3AN

Financial public relations
Hudson Sandler LLP
29 Cloth Fair
London
EC1A 7NN

Registrars
Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

Income statement (unaudited)

Revenue
UK & Ireland
Continental Europe
Asia
Total revenue
Operating profit after special items before finance 
costs
Net finance (cost)/income
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit after taxation
Attributable to:
– equity owners of the Parent
– Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share – Basic
Earnings per share – Diluted
Dividends – interim
Dividends – final
Dividends – special
Total dividends

* Including discontinued operations.

Statement of financial position (unaudited)

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other non-current investments 
Other non-current assets
Current assets
Assets held for sale
Total assets
Share capital
Share premium
Reserves
Equity of the Parent
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
Total non-current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities
Net cash

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2014
£’000

2013
£’000

53,639
111,670
49,344
214,563

46,807
1,232
48,039
(12,901)
35,138

34,991
147
35,138
9.30p
9.27p
3.09p
3.94p
–
7.03p

2017
£’000

25,263
75,651
2,095
8,136
85,753
96
196,994
1,882
8,999
117,080
127,961
1,341
129,302
19,045
48,647
196,994
39,212

45,783
93,712
44,499
183,994

39,734
372
40,106
(10,907)
29,199

29,066
133
29,199
7.77p
7.72p
2.575p
3.285p
2.815p
8.675p

2016
£’000

20,312
56,723
1,713
8,092
103,382
96
190,318
1,877
8,156
111,608
121,641
1,109
122,750
17,656
49,912
190,318
62,415

44,652
94,345
38,205
177,202

38,370
126
38,496
(10,452)
28,044

27,900
144
28,044
7.49p
7.43p
2.34p
2.54p
–
4.88p

2015
£’000

16,687
48,721
848
7,486
82,474
–
156,216
1,866
7,131
94,510
103,507
904
104,411
7,549
44,256
156,216
60,669

44,927
102,932
38,739
186,598

45,744
104,913
44,933
195,590

30,266
(173)
30,093
(8,514)
21,579

21,422
157
21,579
5.77p
5.70p
1.80p
1.95p
2.00p
5.75p

2014
£’000

15,687
47,045
620
8,474
86,680
705
159,211
1,859
6,521
94,734
103,114
1,119
104,233
8,713
46,265
159,211
63,111

24,199
107
24,306
(6,746)
17,560

17,405
155
17,560
4.78p
4.76p
1.50p
1.50p
3.00p
6.00p

2013
£’000

16,715
46,057
790
6,376
85,872
–
155,810
1,856
6,287
89,018
97,161
1,197
98,358
9,847
47,605
155,810
61,419

Note: The figures above have been extracted from the accounts for the relevant year and have not been adjusted for changes in 
accounting policies as a result of adoption of new accounting standards.

Financial & operating statistics

Capital expenditure – photobooth & vending  
machines £’000
Capital expenditure – research & development £’000
EBITDA £’000
EBITDA % of revenue
Number of vending sites

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

33,787
2,390
69,230
32.3
48,000

19,402
2,935
56,695
30.8
45,500

18,287
2,560
55,251
31.2
44,600

17,327
1,125
47,803
25.6
43,850

16,381
1,058
44,927
23.0
43,150

124

125

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Shareholder Information

Shareholder Information

Analysis of registered shareholdings at 27 June 2017 

Category:

Individuals

Nominees

Other corporate bodies

Size of holding:

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 – 500,000

500,001 – 1,000,000

1,000,001 and above

Number of 
holdings

Number of 
Ordinary shares

% of issued 
Ordinary share 
capital

1,926

405

35

7,528,847

364,984,996

4,011,028

2,366

376,524,871

1,154

862

218

75

19

38

560,740

2,677,400

7,302,173

17,735,716

13,339,544

334,909,298

2,366

376,524,871

2.00

96.94

1.06

100

0.15

0.71

1.94

4.71

3.54

88.95

100

Capital gains tax
For shareholders wishing to calculate United Kingdom capital gains tax, the example below shows the effect on 100 shares at 
31 March 1982 after all subsequent capitalisations and subdivisions:

31 March 1982

9 December 1983 (1 for 5 Cap.)

12 December 1985 (1 for 6 Cap.)

12 December 1985 (subdivision)

18 December 1987 (subdivision)

13 December 1989 (subdivision)

8 November 1999 (subdivision)

100

20

120

20

140

140

280

1,120

1,400

1,400

2,800

11,200

14,000

Ordinary shares of 50p each
(at market value of 445p per 50p share)

Ordinary shares of 50p each

Ordinary shares of 50p each

(50p to 25p)

Ordinary shares of 25p each

(25p to 5p)

Ordinary shares of 5p each

(5p to 2.5p)

Ordinary shares of 2.5p each

(2.5p to 0.5p)

Ordinary shares of 0.5p each

Investor relations website
Investor relations information, including share price, is available through the Company’s website www.photo-me.com

Transfer office and registration services
Capita Asset Services Limited act on behalf of the Company. All shareholder enquiries, notifications of change of address, 
dividend mandates, etc. should be referred to them at:

Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent 
BR3 4TU

Tel: 0871 664 0300
Overseas Tel: 00 44 208 639 3399
Fax: 0871 644 0399

Capita Asset Services also offer a range of shareholder information online at www.capitashareportal.com

The Register of directors’ interests is maintained at the Registered Office at Bookham.

Copies of the Annual Report should be requested from:

Photo-Me International plc
Church Road
Bookham
Surrey 
KT23 3EU

Tel:  +44 (0) 1372 453399
Fax: +44 (0) 1372 451044
e-mail: ir@photo-me.co.uk

Financial calendar 

Annual General Meeting

Half year results

(to 31 October 2017)

Full year results

(to 30 April 2018)

Dividend

Final (year to 30 April 2017) – ex dividend date

Final (year to 30 April 2017) – record date

Final (year to 30 April 2017) – payment date

25 October 2017

Announcement in December 2017

Announcement in June/July 2018

12 October 2017 

13 October 2017 

10 November 2017 

126

Designed and produced by Invicomm Limited
www.invicomm.com  +44(0)207 205 2586 

127

Strategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial StatementsPhoto-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc Annual Report 2017Photo-Me International plc 
Church Road, Bookham   
Surrey KT23 3EU   

T: +44(0)1372 453399
F: +44(0)1372 451044
W: www.photo-me.com